Add LM32 port.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
793c5807 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
11@c in config/obj-*.c
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
42@ifset BOUT
43@set aout-bout
44@end ifset
45@ifset H8/300
46@set H8
47@end ifset
252b5132
RH
48@ifset SH
49@set H8
50@end ifset
51@ifset HPPA
52@set abnormal-separator
53@end ifset
54@c ------------
55@ifset GENERIC
56@settitle Using @value{AS}
57@end ifset
58@ifclear GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
60@end ifclear
61@setchapternewpage odd
62@c %**end of header
63
64@c @smallbook
65@c @set SMALL
66@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
67@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
68@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
69@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
70@c
71@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
72@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
73@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
74@c break.
75@c
76@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
77@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
78@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
79@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
80@c discretion, of course.
81@ifinfo
82@set SMALL
83@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
84@c might as well show 'em anyways.
85@end ifinfo
86
87@ifinfo
88@format
89START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
90* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 91* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
252b5132
RH
92END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
93@end format
94@end ifinfo
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
0e9517a9 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
793c5807 1042006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 105
0285c67d 106Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 107under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
108or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
109with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
110Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 111section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
112
113@c man end
0e9517a9 114@end copying
252b5132
RH
115
116@titlepage
117@title Using @value{AS}
118@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
119@ifclear GENERIC
120@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
121@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
122@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
123@sp 1
124@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
125@end ifset
252b5132
RH
126@sp 1
127@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
128@sp 1
129@sp 13
b45619c0 130The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 131Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 132first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
133The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
134distracting the boss while they got some work
135done.
136@sp 3
137@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
138@page
139@tex
140{\parskip=0pt
141\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
142\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
143}
144%"boxit" macro for figures:
145%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
146\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
147 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
148#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
149\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
150@end tex
151
152@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
ad22bfe8 153Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
793c5807 1542006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 155
cf055d54 156 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 157 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
158 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
159 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
160 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 161 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 162
252b5132 163@end titlepage
4ecceb71 164@contents
252b5132 165
2e64b665 166@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
167@node Top
168@top Using @value{AS}
169
e49e529d
JM
170This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
171@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
172@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
173@end ifset
174version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 175@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 176This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
177code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
178@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
179
180This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
181Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 182section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 183
252b5132
RH
184@menu
185* Overview:: Overview
186* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
187* Syntax:: Syntax
188* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
189* Symbols:: Symbols
190* Expressions:: Expressions
191* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
192@ifset ELF
193* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
194@end ifset
252b5132
RH
195* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
196* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
197* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 198* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 199* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 200@end menu
2e64b665 201@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
202
203@node Overview
204@chapter Overview
205@iftex
a4fb0134 206This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 207@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 208This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
209code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
210@end ifclear
211@end iftex
212
213@cindex invocation summary
214@cindex option summary
215@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 216Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 217see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 218
0285c67d
NC
219@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
220
a4fb0134 221@ignore
0285c67d
NC
222@c man begin SEEALSO
223gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
224@c man end
a4fb0134 225@end ignore
0285c67d 226
252b5132
RH
227@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
228@c to be limited to one line for the header.
229@smallexample
0285c67d 230@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 231@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
3d6b762c 232 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
233 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
234 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
241 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
242 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
243@c
244@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
245@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
246@ifset ALPHA
247
248@emph{Target Alpha options:}
249 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
250 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
251 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
252 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
253@end ifset
252b5132 254@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
255
256@emph{Target ARC options:}
257 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
258 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
259@end ifset
260@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
261
262@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 263@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
264 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
265 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
266 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
267 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 268 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 269 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
270 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
271 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
272 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 273 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 274@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
275@ifset CRIS
276
277@emph{Target CRIS options:}
278 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
279 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
280 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 281 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
282@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
283@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
284@end ifset
252b5132 285@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
286
287@emph{Target D10V options:}
288 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
289@end ifset
290@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
291
292@emph{Target D30V options:}
293 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
294@end ifset
295@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
296
297@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
298 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
299@end ifset
300@ifset HPPA
301@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
302@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
303@ifset I80386
304
305@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 306 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
6305a203 307 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
308@end ifset
309@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
310
311@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 312@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
313 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
314 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
315 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 316@end ifset
587fe2b3 317@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 318
9e32ca89
NC
319@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
320 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
321 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
322 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 323 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 324 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 325 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
326 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
327@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
328@ifset IP2K
329
330@emph{Target IP2K options:}
331 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
332@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
333@ifset M32C
334
335@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 336 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 339
a4fb0134
SC
340@emph{Target M32R options:}
341 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 342 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 343@end ifset
252b5132 344@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
345
346@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
347 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 348@end ifset
60bcf0fa 349@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
350
351@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 352 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
353 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
354 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 355 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
356 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
357 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
358@end ifset
359@ifset MCORE
360
361@emph{Target MCORE options:}
362 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
363 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 368 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 369 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 370 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
371 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
372 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 373 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 374 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
375 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
376 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
377 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
378 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 379 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 380 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 381 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 382 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 383 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 384 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
ecb4347a 385 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 386 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
387@end ifset
388@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
389
390@emph{Target MMIX options:}
391 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
392 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
393 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 394 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
395@end ifset
396@ifset PDP11
397
398@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
399 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
400 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
401 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
402@end ifset
403@ifset PJ
404
405@emph{Target picoJava options:}
406 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
407@end ifset
408@ifset PPC
409
410@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
411 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 412 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 413 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
414 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
415 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
416 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
417 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
418@end ifset
419@ifset SPARC
420
421@emph{Target SPARC options:}
422@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
423 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
424 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
425 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
426 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
427@end ifset
428@ifset TIC54X
429
430@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
431 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
432 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
433@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
434
435@ifset Z80
436
437@emph{Target Z80 options:}
438 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
439 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
440 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
441 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
442 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
443 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
444 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
445@end ifset
446
a4fb0134
SC
447@ifset Z8000
448@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 449@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
450@ifset XTENSA
451
452@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 453 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 454 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 455 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 456 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 457@end ifset
0285c67d 458@c man end
252b5132
RH
459@end smallexample
460
0285c67d
NC
461@c man begin OPTIONS
462
a4fb0134 463@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 464@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 465
83f10cb2 466@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
467Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
468
a4fb0134 469@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
470@item -ac
471omit false conditionals
472
473@item -ad
474omit debugging directives
475
83f10cb2
NC
476@item -ag
477include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
478
252b5132
RH
479@item -ah
480include high-level source
481
482@item -al
483include assembly
484
485@item -am
486include macro expansions
487
488@item -an
489omit forms processing
490
491@item -as
492include symbols
493
494@item =file
495set the name of the listing file
496@end table
497
498You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
499listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
500the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
501
caa32fe5 502@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
503Begin in alternate macro mode.
504@ifclear man
505@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
506@end ifclear
caa32fe5 507
252b5132
RH
508@item -D
509Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
510other assemblers.
511
3d6b762c
JM
512@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
513When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
514information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
515
252b5132
RH
516@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
517Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
518@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
519indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
520value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
521use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
522
523@item -f
524``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
525compiler output).
526
329e276d
NC
527@item -g
528@itemx --gen-debug
529Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
530debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
531ECOFF or DWARF2.
532
252b5132
RH
533@item --gstabs
534Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
535may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
536
05da4302
NC
537@item --gstabs+
538Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
539extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
540debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
541may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
542the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
543
329e276d 544@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 545Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 546may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 547option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 548
252b5132
RH
549@item --help
550Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
551
ea20a7da
CC
552@item --target-help
553Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
554
252b5132
RH
555@item -I @var{dir}
556Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
557
558@item -J
559Don't warn about signed overflow.
560
561@item -K
562@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
563This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
564@end ifclear
565@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
566Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
567@end ifset
568
569@item -L
570@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
571Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
572system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
573or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
574@ifclear man
575@xref{Symbol Names}.
576@end ifclear
252b5132 577
c3a27914
NC
578@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
579Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
580listing to @var{number}.
581
582@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
583Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
584lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
585
586@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
587Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
588@var{number} bytes.
589
590@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
591Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
592to @var{number} + 1.
593
252b5132 594@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 595Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
596
597@item -R
598Fold the data section into the text section.
599
4bdd3565
NC
600@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
601Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
602@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
603assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
604memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
605requirements at the expense of speed.
606
607@item --reduce-memory-overheads
608This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
609assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
610@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
611
252b5132
RH
612@item --statistics
613Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
614assembly.
615
616@item --strip-local-absolute
617Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
618
619@item -v
620@itemx -version
a4fb0134 621Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
622
623@item --version
a4fb0134 624Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
625
626@item -W
2bdd6cf5 627@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
628Suppress warning messages.
629
2bdd6cf5
GK
630@item --fatal-warnings
631Treat warnings as errors.
632
633@item --warn
634Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
635
252b5132
RH
636@item -w
637Ignored.
638
639@item -x
640Ignored.
641
642@item -Z
643Generate an object file even after errors.
644
645@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
646Standard input, or source files to assemble.
647
648@end table
649
650@ifset ARC
651The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
652an ARC processor.
653
a4fb0134 654@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
655@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
656This option selects the core processor variant.
657@item -EB | -EL
658Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
659@end table
660@end ifset
661
662@ifset ARM
663The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
664processor family.
665
a4fb0134 666@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 667@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 668Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 669@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 670Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 671@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 672Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
673@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
674Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
675@item -mthumb
676Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 677@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
678Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
679@item -EB | -EL
680Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
681@item -mthumb-interwork
682Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
683ARM code in mind.
684@item -k
685Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
686@end table
687@end ifset
688
328eb32e
HPN
689@ifset CRIS
690See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
691@end ifset
692
252b5132
RH
693@ifset D10V
694The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
695a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 696@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
697@cindex D10V optimization
698@cindex optimization, D10V
699@item -O
700Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
701@end table
702@end ifset
703
704@ifset D30V
705The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
706processor.
a4fb0134 707@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
708@cindex D30V optimization
709@cindex optimization, D30V
710@item -O
711Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
712
713@cindex D30V nops
714@item -n
715Warn when nops are generated.
716
717@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
718@item -N
719Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
720@end table
721@end ifset
722
723@ifset I960
724The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
725Intel 80960 processor.
726
a4fb0134 727@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
728@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
729Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
730
731@item -b
732Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
733
734@item -no-relax
735Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
736error if necessary.
737
738@end table
739@end ifset
740
a40cbfa3
NC
741@ifset IP2K
742The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 743Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
744
745@table @gcctabopt
746
747@item -mip2022ext
748Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
749
750@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 751Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
752just the basic IP2022 ones.
753
754@end table
755@end ifset
756
49f58d10
JB
757@ifset M32C
758The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
759Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
760
761@table @gcctabopt
762
763@item -m32c
764Assemble M32C instructions.
765
766@item -m16c
767Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
768
c54b5932
DD
769@item -relax
770Enable support for link-time relaxations.
771
772@item -h-tick-hex
773Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
774
49f58d10
JB
775@end table
776@end ifset
777
ec694b89
NC
778@ifset M32R
779The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 780Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 781
a4fb0134 782@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
783
784@item --m32rx
785Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
786is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
787
788@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
789Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
790encountered.
791
792@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
793Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
794encountered.
795
796@end table
797@end ifset
252b5132
RH
798
799@ifset M680X0
800The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
801Motorola 68000 series.
802
a4fb0134 803@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
804
805@item -l
806Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
807
0285c67d
NC
808@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
809@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
810@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
811Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
812is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
813
814@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
815The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
816The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
817the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
818two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
819coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
820
821@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
822The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
823unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
824
825@end table
826@end ifset
827
e135f41b
NC
828@ifset PDP11
829
830For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
831see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
832
a4fb0134 833@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
834@item -mpic | -mno-pic
835Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 836default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
837
838@item -mall
839@itemx -mall-extensions
840Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
841
842@item -mno-extensions
843Disable all instruction set extensions.
844
845@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
846Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
847
848@item -m@var{cpu}
849Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
850disable all other extensions.
851
852@item -m@var{machine}
853Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
854model, and disable all other extensions.
855@end table
856
857@end ifset
858
041dd5a9
ILT
859@ifset PJ
860The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
861a picoJava processor.
862
a4fb0134 863@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
864
865@cindex PJ endianness
866@cindex endianness, PJ
867@cindex big endian output, PJ
868@item -mb
869Generate ``big endian'' format output.
870
871@cindex little endian output, PJ
872@item -ml
873Generate ``little endian'' format output.
874
875@end table
876@end ifset
877
60bcf0fa
NC
878@ifset M68HC11
879The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
880Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
881
a4fb0134 882@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 883
d01030e6 884@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
885Specify what processor is the target. The default is
886defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
887
2f904664
SC
888@item -mshort
889Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
890
891@item -mlong
892Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
893
894@item -mshort-double
895Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
896
897@item -mlong-double
898Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
899
1370e33d 900@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
901Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
902conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
903sub routine.
904
1370e33d
NC
905@item -S | --short-branches
906Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
907when the offset is out of range.
908
909@item --strict-direct-mode
910Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
911when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
912
913@item --print-insn-syntax
914Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
915
916@item --print-opcodes
917print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
918
919@item --generate-example
920print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 921This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
922
923@end table
924@end ifset
925
252b5132 926@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 927The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
928for the SPARC architecture:
929
a4fb0134 930@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
931@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
932@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
933Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
934
935@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
936@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
937
938@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
939UltraSPARC extensions.
940
941@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
942For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
943equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
944
945@item -bump
946Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
947@end table
948@end ifset
949
39bec121
TW
950@ifset TIC54X
951The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
952architecture.
953
a4fb0134 954@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
955@item -mfar-mode
956Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
957extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
958@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
959Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
960@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
961Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
962behaviour in the shell.
963@end table
964@end ifset
965
252b5132
RH
966@ifset MIPS
967The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 968a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 969
a4fb0134 970@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
971@item -G @var{num}
972This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
973implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
974use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
975
976@cindex MIPS endianness
977@cindex endianness, MIPS
978@cindex big endian output, MIPS
979@item -EB
980Generate ``big endian'' format output.
981
982@cindex little endian output, MIPS
983@item -EL
984Generate ``little endian'' format output.
985
986@cindex MIPS ISA
987@item -mips1
988@itemx -mips2
989@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 990@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 991@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 992@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 993@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 994@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 995@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
996Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
997@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
998alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
999@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1000@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1001@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1002correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1003@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1004and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1005ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1006
1007@item -march=@var{CPU}
1008Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1009
1010@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1011Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1012
1013@item -mfix7000
1014@itemx -mno-fix7000
1015Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1016of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1017
ecb4347a
DJ
1018@item -mdebug
1019@itemx -no-mdebug
1020Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1021section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1022
dcd410fe
RO
1023@item -mpdr
1024@itemx -mno-pdr
1025Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1026
437ee9d5
TS
1027@item -mgp32
1028@itemx -mfp32
1029The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1030flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1031all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1032and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1033
1034@item -mips16
1035@itemx -no-mips16
1036Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1037@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1038turns off this option.
252b5132 1039
e16bfa71
TS
1040@item -msmartmips
1041@itemx -mno-smartmips
1042Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1043equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1044@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1045
1f25f5d3
CD
1046@item -mips3d
1047@itemx -no-mips3d
1048Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1049This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1050@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1051
deec1734
CD
1052@item -mdmx
1053@itemx -no-mdmx
1054Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1055This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1056@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1057
2ef2b9ae
CF
1058@item -mdsp
1059@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1060Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1061This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1062@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1063
8b082fb1
TS
1064@item -mdspr2
1065@itemx -mno-dspr2
1066Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1067This option implies -mdsp.
1068This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1069@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1070
ef2e4d86
CF
1071@item -mmt
1072@itemx -mno-mt
1073Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1074This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1075@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1076
437ee9d5
TS
1077@item --construct-floats
1078@itemx --no-construct-floats
1079The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1080double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1081value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1082the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1083selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1084
1085@cindex emulation
1086@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1087This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1088for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1089between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1090debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1091endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1092@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1093@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1094of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1095the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1096in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1097selection in any case.
1098
1099This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1100@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1101Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1102@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1103the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1104configuration includes support for both.
1105
1106Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1107fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1108more processors.
1109
1110@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1111@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1112the native tools.
1113
252b5132
RH
1114@item --trap
1115@itemx --no-trap
1116@itemx --break
1117@itemx --no-break
1118Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1119@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1120(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1121@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1122break exception.
63486801
L
1123
1124@item -n
a4fb0134 1125When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1126time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1127@end table
1128@end ifset
1129
1130@ifset MCORE
1131The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1132an MCore processor.
1133
a4fb0134 1134@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1135@item -jsri2bsr
1136@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1137Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1138The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1139
1140@item -sifilter
1141@itemx -nosifilter
1142Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1143The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1144
1145@item -relax
1146Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1147
ec694b89
NC
1148@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1149Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1150can be assembled.
1151
1152@item -EB
1153Assemble for a big endian target.
1154
1155@item -EL
1156Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1157
1158@end table
1159@end ifset
1160
3c3bdf30
NC
1161@ifset MMIX
1162See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1163@end ifset
1164
e0001a05
NC
1165@ifset XTENSA
1166The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1167an Xtensa processor.
1168
1169@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1170@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1171With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1172in the text section. The default is
1173@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1174separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1175referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1176absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1177
1178@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1179Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1180or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1181if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1182option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1183
1184@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1185Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1186expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1187
1188@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1189Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1190across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1191@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1192
1193@item --transform | --no-transform
1194Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1195The default is @option{--transform};
1196@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1197instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1198
1199@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1200When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1201@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1202@end table
1203@end ifset
1204
3c9b82ba
NC
1205@ifset Z80
1206The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1207a Z80 family processor.
1208@table @gcctabopt
1209@item -z80
1210Assemble for Z80 processor.
1211@item -r800
1212Assemble for R800 processor.
1213@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
1214@itemx -Wnud
1215Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
1216@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
1217@itemx -Wnup
1218Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
1219@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
1220@itemx -Wud
1221Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
1222@item -warn-unportable-instructions
1223@itemx -Wup
b45619c0 1224Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
3c9b82ba
NC
1225@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
1226@itemx -Fud
1227Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
1228@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
1229@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1230Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1231@end table
1232@end ifset
1233
0285c67d
NC
1234@c man end
1235
252b5132
RH
1236@menu
1237* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1238* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1239* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1240* Command Line:: Command Line
1241* Input Files:: Input Files
1242* Object:: Output (Object) File
1243* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1244@end menu
1245
1246@node Manual
1247@section Structure of this Manual
1248
1249@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1250This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1251@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1252notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1253@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1254
1255@ifclear GENERIC
1256We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1257configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1258@end ifclear
1259@ifset GENERIC
1260This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1261various flavors of the assembler.
1262@end ifset
1263
1264@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1265On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1266to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1267In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1268architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1269mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1270particular architecture.
1271@ifset GENERIC
1272You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1273machine architecture manual for this information.
1274@end ifset
1275@ifclear GENERIC
1276@ifset H8/300
1277For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1278Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1279Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1280@end ifset
252b5132 1281@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1282For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1283see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1284@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1285@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1286@end ifset
1287@ifset Z8000
1288For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1289@end ifset
1290@end ifclear
1291
1292@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1293@ignore
1294Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1295the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1296Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1297computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1298once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1299qualification.
1300
a4fb0134 1301@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1302human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1303computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1304@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1305@end ignore
1306
1307@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1308@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1309@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1310@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1311@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1312@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1313@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1314@c directives).
1315
1316@node GNU Assembler
1317@section The GNU Assembler
1318
0285c67d
NC
1319@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1320
a4fb0134 1321@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1322@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1323This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1324configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1325@end ifclear
1326If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1327should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1328architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1329including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1330@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1331
1332@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1333@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1334@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1335@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1336assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1337machine would assemble.
1338@ifset VAX
1339Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1340@end ifset
1341@ifset M680X0
1342@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1343@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1344This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1345assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1346incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1347@end ifset
1348
0285c67d
NC
1349@c man end
1350
a4fb0134 1351Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1352program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1353@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1354
1355@node Object Formats
1356@section Object File Formats
1357
1358@cindex object file format
1359The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1360object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1361write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1362are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1363Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1364@ifclear GENERIC
1365@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1366For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1367@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1368@end ifclear
1369@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1370@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1371On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1372@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1373@end ifset
1374@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1375On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1376SOM or ELF format object files.
1377@end ifset
1378@end ifclear
1379
1380@node Command Line
1381@section Command Line
1382
1383@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1384
a4fb0134 1385After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1386options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1387before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1388significant.
1389
1390@cindex standard input, as input file
1391@kindex --
1392@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1393explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1394
1395@cindex options, command line
1396Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1397hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1398@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1399option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1400the letter is important. All options are optional.
1401
1402Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1403name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1404with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1405standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1406
1407@smallexample
1408@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1409@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1410@end smallexample
1411
1412@node Input Files
1413@section Input Files
1414
1415@cindex input
1416@cindex source program
1417@cindex files, input
1418We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1419describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1420be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1421doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1422
1423@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1424@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1425The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1426order specified.
1427
0285c67d 1428@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1429Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1430program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1431(The standard input is also a file.)
1432
a4fb0134 1433You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1434names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1435command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1436is taken to be an input file name.
1437
a4fb0134
SC
1438If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1439from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1440may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1441to assemble.
1442
1443Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1444in your command line.
1445
a4fb0134 1446If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1447file.
1448
0285c67d
NC
1449@c man end
1450
252b5132
RH
1451@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1452
1453@cindex input file linenumbers
1454@cindex line numbers, in input files
1455There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1456either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1457number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1458``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1459
1460@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1461to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1462
1463@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1464directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1465error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1466is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1467@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1468@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1469
1470@node Object
1471@section Output (Object) File
1472
1473@cindex object file
1474@cindex output file
1475@kindex a.out
1476@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1477Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1478your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1479is the object file. Its default name is
1480@ifclear BOUT
1481@code{a.out}.
1482@end ifclear
1483@ifset BOUT
1484@ifset GENERIC
1485@code{a.out}, or
1486@end ifset
a4fb0134 1487@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1488@end ifset
a4fb0134 1489You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1490object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1491reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1492directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1493possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1494
1495@cindex linker
1496@kindex ld
1497The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1498assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1499the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1500information for the debugger.
1501
1502@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1503@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1504
1505@node Errors
1506@section Error and Warning Messages
1507
0285c67d
NC
1508@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1509
a349d9dd 1510@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1511@cindex warning messages
1512@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1513@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1514file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1515runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1516that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1517grave problem that stops the assembly.
1518
0285c67d
NC
1519@c man end
1520
252b5132
RH
1521@cindex format of warning messages
1522Warning messages have the format
1523
1524@smallexample
1525file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1526@end smallexample
1527
1528@noindent
1529@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1530(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1531(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1532the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1533@ifset GENERIC
1534(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1535@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1536then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1537otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1538message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1539tradition).
1540
1541@cindex format of error messages
1542Error messages have the format
1543@smallexample
1544file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1545@end smallexample
1546The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1547messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1548because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1549
1550@node Invoking
1551@chapter Command-Line Options
1552
1553@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1554This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1555versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1556for options specific
252b5132 1557@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1558to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1559@end ifclear
1560@ifset GENERIC
1561to particular machine architectures.
1562@end ifset
1563
0285c67d
NC
1564@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1565
c1253627 1566If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1567you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1568The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1569by commas. For example:
1570
1571@smallexample
1572gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1573@end smallexample
1574
1575@noindent
1576This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1577standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1578local symbols in the symbol table).
1579
1580Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1581command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1582(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1583precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1584assembler.)
1585
0285c67d
NC
1586@c man end
1587
252b5132 1588@menu
83f10cb2 1589* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1590* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1591* D:: -D for compatibility
1592* f:: -f to work faster
1593* I:: -I for .include search path
1594@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1595* K:: -K for compatibility
1596@end ifclear
1597@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1598* K:: -K for difference tables
1599@end ifset
1600
ba83aca1 1601* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1602* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1603* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1604* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1605* o:: -o to name the object file
1606* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1607* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1608* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1609* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1610* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1611* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1612@end menu
1613
1614@node a
83f10cb2 1615@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1616
1617@kindex -a
1618@kindex -ac
1619@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1620@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1621@kindex -ah
1622@kindex -al
1623@kindex -an
1624@kindex -as
1625@cindex listings, enabling
1626@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1627
1628These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1629@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1630You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1631@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1632@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1633@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1634High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1635@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1636also.
1637
83f10cb2
NC
1638Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1639information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1640
252b5132
RH
1641Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1642which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1643other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1644omitted from the listing.
1645
1646Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1647listing.
1648
1649Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1650listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1651@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1652@code{.sbttl}.
1653The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1654If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1655listing-control directives have no effect.
1656
1657The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1658@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1659
96e9638b
BW
1660Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1661because it
c3a27914
NC
1662is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1663is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1664directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1665stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1666memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1667
caa32fe5
NC
1668@node alternate
1669@section @option{--alternate}
1670
1671@kindex --alternate
1672Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1673
252b5132 1674@node D
a4fb0134 1675@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1676
1677@kindex -D
1678This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1679likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1680@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1681
1682@node f
a4fb0134 1683@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1684
1685@kindex -f
1686@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1687@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1688@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1689(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1690and comment preprocessing on
1691the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1692,Preprocessing}.
1693
1694@quotation
1695@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1696preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1697not work correctly.
1698@end quotation
1699
1700@node I
c1253627 1701@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1702
1703@kindex -I @var{path}
1704@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1705@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1706@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1707Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1708@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1709directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1710many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1711working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1712searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1713specified (left to right) on the command line.
1714
1715@node K
a4fb0134 1716@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1717
1718@kindex -K
1719@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1720On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1721permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1722where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1723generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1724family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1725alteration on other platforms.
1726@end ifclear
1727
1728@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1729@cindex difference tables, warning
1730@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1731@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1732form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1733You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1734is done.
1735@end ifset
1736
1737@node L
ba83aca1 1738@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1739
1740@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1741@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1742Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1743@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1744called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1745such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1746programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1747notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1748such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1749
1750This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1751in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1752@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1753
c3a27914 1754@node listing
a4fb0134 1755@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1756
1757The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1758@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1759hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1760them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1761directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1762@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1763@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1764@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1765
a4fb0134 1766@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1767@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1768@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1769@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1770Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1771dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1772
1773@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1774@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1775@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1776Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1777a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1778the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1779switch is used the default is to one.
1780
1781@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1782@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1783@cindex Width of source line output
1784Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1785alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1786source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1787
1788@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1789@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1790@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1791Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1792displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1793@end table
1794
252b5132 1795@node M
a4fb0134 1796@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1797
1798@kindex -M
1799@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1800The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1801changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1802compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1803configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1804MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1805information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1806arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1807assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1808
1809The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1810depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1811file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1812individually. These are:
1813
1814@itemize @bullet
1815@item global symbols in common section
1816
1817The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1818Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1819common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1820symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1821symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1822
1823@item complex relocations
1824
1825The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1826relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1827are not support by other object file formats.
1828
1829@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1830
1831The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1832This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1833instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1834script.
1835
1836@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1837
1838The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1839name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1840
1841@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1842
1843The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1844address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1845which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1846not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1847assigned within a linker script.
1848@end itemize
1849
1850There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1851@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1852seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1853
1854@itemize @bullet
1855
1856@item EBCDIC strings
1857
1858EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1859
1860@item packed binary coded decimal
1861
1862Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
1863and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
1864
1865@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
1866
1867The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
1868
1869@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
1870
1871The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
1872
1873@item @code{OPT} branch control options
1874
1875The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 1876@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
1877relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
1878these options serve no purpose.
1879
1880@item @code{OPT} list control options
1881
1882The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
1883@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
1884@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
1885
1886@item other @code{OPT} options
1887
1888The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
1889@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
1890
1891@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
1892
1893The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
1894@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
1895
1896@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
1897
1898The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
1899
1900@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
1901
1902The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
1903
1904@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
1905
1906The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
1907
1908@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
1909
1910The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
1911
1912@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
1913
1914The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
1915
1916@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
1917
1918The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
1919
1920@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
1921
1922The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
1923
1924@end itemize
1925
1926@node MD
c1253627 1927@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
1928
1929@kindex --MD
1930@cindex dependency tracking
1931@cindex make rules
1932
a4fb0134 1933@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
1934file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
1935dependencies of the main source file.
1936
1937The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
1938
1939This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
1940
1941@node o
a4fb0134 1942@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
1943
1944@kindex -o
1945@cindex naming object file
1946@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 1947There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
1948default it has the name
1949@ifset GENERIC
1950@ifset I960
1951@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
1952@end ifset
1953@ifclear I960
1954@file{a.out}.
1955@end ifclear
1956@end ifset
1957@ifclear GENERIC
1958@ifset I960
1959@file{b.out}.
1960@end ifset
1961@ifclear I960
1962@file{a.out}.
1963@end ifclear
1964@end ifclear
1965You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
1966object file a different name.
1967
a4fb0134 1968Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
1969existing file of the same name.
1970
1971@node R
a4fb0134 1972@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
1973
1974@kindex -R
1975@cindex data and text sections, joining
1976@cindex text and data sections, joining
1977@cindex joining text and data sections
1978@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 1979@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
1980data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
1981the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
1982section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
1983your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
1984appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
1985
a4fb0134 1986When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
1987address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
1988data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 1989older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 1990
c1253627
NC
1991@ifset COFF-ELF
1992When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
1993this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
1994@samp{.data}.
1995@end ifset
1996
1997@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
1998@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
1999@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2000@end ifset
2001
2002@node statistics
a4fb0134 2003@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2004
2005@kindex --statistics
2006@cindex statistics, about assembly
2007@cindex time, total for assembly
2008@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2009Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2010@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2011(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2012seconds).
2013
2014@node traditional-format
c1253627 2015@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2016
2017@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2018For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2019from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2020@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2021
2022For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2023@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2024
2025@node v
a4fb0134 2026@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2027
2028@kindex -v
2029@kindex -version
2030@cindex assembler version
2031@cindex version of assembler
2032You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2033option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2034command line.
2035
2036@node W
a4fb0134 2037@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2038
a4fb0134 2039@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2040assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2041cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2042made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2043
c1253627
NC
2044@kindex -W
2045@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2046@cindex suppressing warnings
2047@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2048If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2049This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2050how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2051are still reported.
2052
c1253627 2053@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2054@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2055@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2056If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2057files that generate warnings to be in error.
2058
c1253627 2059@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2060@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2061You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2062causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2063
2064@node Z
a4fb0134 2065@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2066@cindex object file, after errors
2067@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2068After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2069some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2070@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2071option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2072writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2073errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2074
2075@node Syntax
2076@chapter Syntax
2077
2078@cindex machine-independent syntax
2079@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2080This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2081source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2082assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2083@ifclear VAX
2084assembler.
2085@end ifclear
2086@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2087assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2088@end ifset
2089
2090@menu
2091* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2092* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2093* Comments:: Comments
2094* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2095* Statements:: Statements
2096* Constants:: Constants
2097@end menu
2098
2099@node Preprocessing
2100@section Preprocessing
2101
2102@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2103The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2104@itemize @bullet
2105@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2106@item
2107adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2108the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2109a single space.
2110
2111@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2112@item
2113removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2114appropriate number of newlines.
2115
2116@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2117@item
2118converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2119@end itemize
2120
2121It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2122anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2123do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2124(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2125to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2126@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2127Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2128
2129Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2130cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2131preprocessed.
2132
2133@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2134@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2135@kindex #NO_APP
2136@kindex #APP
2137If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2138@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2139Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2140specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2141text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2142@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2143@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2144and whitespace.
2145
2146@node Whitespace
2147@section Whitespace
2148
2149@cindex whitespace
2150@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2151Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2152people to read. Unless within character constants
2153(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2154as exactly one space.
2155
2156@node Comments
2157@section Comments
2158
2159@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2160There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2161cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2162
2163Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2164This means you may not nest these comments.
2165
2166@smallexample
2167/*
2168 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2169 is to use this sort of comment.
2170*/
2171
2172/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2173@end smallexample
2174
2175@cindex line comment character
2176Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2177is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2178@ifset ARC
2179@samp{;} on the ARC;
2180@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2181@ifset ARM
2182@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2183@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2184@ifset H8/300
2185@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2186@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2187@ifset HPPA
2188@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2189@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2190@ifset I80386
2191@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2193@ifset I960
2194@samp{#} on the i960;
2195@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2196@ifset PDP11
2197@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2198@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2199@ifset PJ
2200@samp{;} for picoJava;
2201@end ifset
418c1742 2202@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2203@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2204@end ifset
252b5132 2205@ifset SH
ef230218 2206@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2207@end ifset
2208@ifset SPARC
2209@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2210@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2211@ifset IP2K
2212@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2213@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2214@ifset M32C
2215@samp{#} on the m32c;
2216@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2217@ifset M32R
2218@samp{#} on the m32r;
2219@end ifset
2220@ifset M680X0
2221@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2222@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2223@ifset M68HC11
2224@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2225@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2226@ifset VAX
2227@samp{#} on the Vax;
2228@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2229@ifset Z80
2230@samp{;} for the Z80;
2231@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2232@ifset Z8000
2233@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2234@end ifset
2235@ifset V850
2236@samp{#} on the V850;
2237@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2238@ifset XTENSA
2239@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2240@end ifset
252b5132 2241see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2242@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2243
2244@ifset GENERIC
2245On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2246character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2247a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2248@end ifset
2249
2250@ifset V850
2251The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2252extends to the end of the line.
2253
2254@samp{--};
2255@end ifset
2256
2257@kindex #
2258@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2259@cindex logical line numbers
2260To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2261special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2262expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2263line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2264new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2265
2266If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2267the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2268
2269@smallexample
2270 # This is an ordinary comment.
2271# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2272 # This is logical line # 36.
2273@end smallexample
2274This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2275of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2276
2277@node Symbol Intro
2278@section Symbols
2279
2280@cindex characters used in symbols
2281@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2282A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2283letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2284@samp{_.$}.
2285@end ifclear
2286@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2287@ifclear GENERIC
2288@ifset H8
2289A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2290letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2291@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2292symbol names.)
2293@end ifset
2294@end ifclear
2295@end ifset
2296@ifset GENERIC
2297On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2298are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2299@end ifset
2300No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2301There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2302delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2303(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2304not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2305@cindex length of symbols
2306
2307@node Statements
2308@section Statements
2309
2310@cindex statements, structure of
2311@cindex line separator character
2312@cindex statement separator character
2313@ifclear GENERIC
2314@ifclear abnormal-separator
2315A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2316semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2317the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2318constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2319@end ifclear
2320@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2321@ifset HPPA
2322A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
2323point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2324preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2325constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2326@end ifset
2327@ifset H8
2328A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2329H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2330(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2331the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2332constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2333@end ifset
2334@end ifset
2335@end ifclear
2336@ifset GENERIC
2337A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2338separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2339conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2340newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2341statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2342exception: they do not end statements.
2343@end ifset
2344
2345@cindex newline, required at file end
2346@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2347It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2348character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2349
2350An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2351
2352@cindex instructions and directives
2353@cindex directives and instructions
2354@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2355@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2356@c 13feb91.
2357A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2358key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2359symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2360symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2361directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2362a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2363assembles into a machine language instruction.
2364@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2365Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2366recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2367represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2368language.@refill
2369@end ifset
2370
2371@cindex @code{:} (label)
2372@cindex label (@code{:})
2373A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2374Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2375have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2376
2377@ifset HPPA
2378For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
2379the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2380only one label may be defined on each line.
2381@end ifset
2382
2383@smallexample
2384label: .directive followed by something
2385another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2386 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2387@end smallexample
2388
2389@node Constants
2390@section Constants
2391
2392@cindex constants
2393A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2394inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2395@smallexample
2396@group
2397.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2398.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2399.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2400.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
240195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2402@end group
2403@end smallexample
2404
2405@menu
2406* Characters:: Character Constants
2407* Numbers:: Number Constants
2408@end menu
2409
2410@node Characters
2411@subsection Character Constants
2412
2413@cindex character constants
2414@cindex constants, character
2415There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2416for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2417numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2418@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2419used in arithmetic expressions.
2420
2421@menu
2422* Strings:: Strings
2423* Chars:: Characters
2424@end menu
2425
2426@node Strings
2427@subsubsection Strings
2428
2429@cindex string constants
2430@cindex constants, string
2431A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2432double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2433into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2434a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2435one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2436@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2437(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2438escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2439
2440@cindex escape codes, character
2441@cindex character escape codes
2442@table @kbd
2443@c @item \a
2444@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2445@c
2446@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2447@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2448@item \b
2449Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2450
2451@c @item \e
2452@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2453@c
2454@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2455@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2456@item \f
2457Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2458
2459@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2460@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2461@item \n
2462Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2463
2464@c @item \p
2465@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2466@c
2467@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2468@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2469@item \r
2470Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2471
2472@c @item \s
2473@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2474@c other assemblers.
2475@c
2476@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2477@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2478@item \t
2479Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2480
2481@c @item \v
2482@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2483@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2484@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2485@c
2486@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2487@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2488@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2489An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2490For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2491for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2492
2493@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2494@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2495@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2496A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2497lower case @code{x} works.
2498
2499@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2500@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2501@item \\
2502Represents one @samp{\} character.
2503
2504@c @item \'
2505@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2506@c This is needed in single character literals
2507@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2508@c a @samp{'}.
2509@c
2510@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2511@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2512@item \"
2513Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2514this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2515
2516@item \ @var{anything-else}
2517Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2518assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2519you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2520interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2521other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2522code and warns you of the fact.
2523@end table
2524
2525Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2526varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2527the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2528compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2529sequence.
2530
2531@node Chars
2532@subsubsection Characters
2533
2534@cindex single character constant
2535@cindex character, single
2536@cindex constant, single character
2537A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2538followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2539to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2540must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2541@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2542grave accent. A newline
2543@ifclear GENERIC
2544@ifclear abnormal-separator
2545(or semicolon @samp{;})
2546@end ifclear
2547@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2548@ifset H8
2549(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2550Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2551@end ifset
2552@end ifset
2553@end ifclear
2554immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2555and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2556constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2557that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2558@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2559
2560@node Numbers
2561@subsection Number Constants
2562
2563@cindex constants, number
2564@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2565@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2566are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2567would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2568integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2569are floating point numbers, described below.
2570
2571@menu
2572* Integers:: Integers
2573* Bignums:: Bignums
2574* Flonums:: Flonums
2575@ifclear GENERIC
2576@ifset I960
2577* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2578@end ifset
2579@end ifclear
2580@end menu
2581
2582@node Integers
2583@subsubsection Integers
2584@cindex integers
2585@cindex constants, integer
2586
2587@cindex binary integers
2588@cindex integers, binary
2589A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2590the binary digits @samp{01}.
2591
2592@cindex octal integers
2593@cindex integers, octal
2594An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2595digits (@samp{01234567}).
2596
2597@cindex decimal integers
2598@cindex integers, decimal
2599A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2600more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2601
2602@cindex hexadecimal integers
2603@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2604A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2605more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2606
2607Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2608the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2609(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2610
2611@node Bignums
2612@subsubsection Bignums
2613
2614@cindex bignums
2615@cindex constants, bignum
2616A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2617except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2618represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2619integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2620
2621@node Flonums
2622@subsubsection Flonums
2623@cindex flonums
2624@cindex floating point numbers
2625@cindex constants, floating point
2626
2627@cindex precision, floating point
2628A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2629indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2630@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2631sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2632to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2633portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2634
2635A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2636@itemize @bullet
2637@item
2638The digit @samp{0}.
2639@ifset HPPA
2640(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2641@end ifset
2642
2643@item
a4fb0134 2644A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2645@ifset GENERIC
2646@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2647@ignore
2648@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2649(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
26504.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2651@end ignore
2652
7be1c489 2653On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2654and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2655one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2656
2657On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2658(in upper or lower case).
2659
2660On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2661one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2662
2663On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2664@end ifset
2665@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2666@ifset ARC
2667One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2668@end ifset
2669@ifset H8
2670One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2671@end ifset
2672@ifset HPPA
2673The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2674@end ifset
2675@ifset I960
2676One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2677@end ifset
2678@end ifclear
2679
2680@item
2681An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2682
2683@item
2684An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2685
2686@item
2687An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2688or more decimal digits.
2689
2690@item
2691An optional exponent, consisting of:
2692
2693@itemize @bullet
2694@item
2695An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2696@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2697@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2698@item
2699Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2700@item
2701One or more decimal digits.
2702@end itemize
2703
2704@end itemize
2705
2706At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2707present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2708
a4fb0134 2709@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2710independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2711@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2712
2713@ifclear GENERIC
2714@ifset I960
2715@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2716@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2717@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2718@node Bit Fields
2719@subsubsection Bit Fields
2720
2721@cindex bit fields
2722@cindex constants, bit field
2723You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2724Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2725@example
2726@var{mask}:@var{value}
2727@end example
2728@noindent
a4fb0134 2729@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2730@var{value}.
2731
2732The resulting number is then packed
2733@ifset GENERIC
2734@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2735(in host-dependent byte order)
2736@end ifset
2737into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2738bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2739requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2740more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2741least significant digits.@refill
2742
2743The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2744@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2745@end ifset
2746@end ifclear
2747
2748@node Sections
2749@chapter Sections and Relocation
2750@cindex sections
2751@cindex relocation
2752
2753@menu
2754* Secs Background:: Background
2755* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2756* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2757* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2758* bss:: bss Section
2759@end menu
2760
2761@node Secs Background
2762@section Background
2763
2764Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2765``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2766For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2767
2768@cindex linker, and assembler
2769@cindex assembler, and linker
2770The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2771combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2772emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2773@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2774different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2775oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2776sections.
2777
2778@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2779addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2780units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2781within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2782run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2783the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2784the proper run-time addresses.
2785@ifset H8
7be1c489 2786For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2787@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2788ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2789@end ifset
2790
2791@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2792An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2793of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2794@dfn{bss} sections.
2795
c1253627 2796@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2797@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2798When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2799@end ifset
a4fb0134 2800@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2801using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2802If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2803or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2804@end ifset
2805
2806@ifset HPPA
2807@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2808When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2809@end ifset
a4fb0134 2810@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2811specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2812@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2813(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2814assembler directives.
2815
2816@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2817Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2818text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2819is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2820BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2821@end ifset
2822@end ifset
2823
2824Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2825data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2826
2827@ifset HPPA
2828When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2829section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2830@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2831@end ifset
2832
2833To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2834relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2835object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2836@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2837file is mentioned:
2838@itemize @bullet
2839@item
2840Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2841an address?
2842@item
2843How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2844@item
2845Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2846@display
2847(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2848@end display
2849@item
2850Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2851@end itemize
2852
2853@cindex addresses, format of
2854@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2855In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2856@display
2857(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2858@end display
2859@noindent
a4fb0134 2860Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2861nature.
2862@ifset SOM
2863(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2864symbol-relative instead.)
2865@end ifset
2866
2867In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2868@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2869
2870Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2871@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2872addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2873@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2874@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2875data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2876their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2877part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2878address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2879
2880The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
2881address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
2882rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
2883Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
2884address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
2885common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
2886time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
2887
2888By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
2889the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
2890sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
2891customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
2892the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
2893data and bss sections.
2894
2895Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 2896use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
2897
2898@node Ld Sections
2899@section Linker Sections
2900@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
2901
2902@table @strong
2903
c1253627 2904@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2905@cindex named sections
2906@cindex sections, named
2907@item named sections
2908@end ifset
2909@ifset aout-bout
2910@cindex text section
2911@cindex data section
2912@itemx text section
2913@itemx data section
2914@end ifset
a4fb0134 2915These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 2916separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
2917true of another.
2918@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
2919When the program is running, however, it is
2920customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
2921text section is often shared among processes: it contains
2922instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
2923program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
2924in the data section.
c1253627 2925@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
2926
2927@cindex bss section
2928@item bss section
2929This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 2930is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
2931each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
2932out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
2933bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
2934those explicit zeros from object files.
2935
2936@cindex absolute section
2937@item absolute section
2938Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
2939This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
2940not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
2941addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
2942
2943@cindex undefined section
2944@item undefined section
2945This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
2946the preceding sections.
2947@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
2948@end table
2949
2950@cindex relocation example
2951An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 2952@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2953The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
2954@end ifset
2955Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
2956
2957@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 2958@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
2959@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
2960@smallexample
2961 +-----+----+--+
2962partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
2963 +-----+----+--+
2964
2965 text data bss
2966 seg. seg. seg.
2967
2968 +---+---+---+
2969partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
2970 +---+---+---+
2971
2972 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
2973linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
2974 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
2975
2976 addresses: 0 @dots{}
2977@end smallexample
2978@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 2979@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
2980@need 5000
2981@tex
c1253627 2982\bigskip
252b5132
RH
2983\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
2984\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2985\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
2986
2987\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
2988\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2989\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
2990
2991\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
2992\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2993\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
2994ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
2995DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
2996
2997\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
2998\line{0\dots\hfil}
2999
3000@end tex
3001@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3002
3003@node As Sections
3004@section Assembler Internal Sections
3005
3006@cindex internal assembler sections
3007@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3008These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3009have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3010sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3011warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3012meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3013value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3014section-relative address.
3015
3016@table @b
3017@cindex assembler internal logic error
3018@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3019An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3020bug in the assembler.
3021
3022@cindex expr (internal section)
3023@item expr section
3024The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3025symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3026it in the expr section.
3027@c FIXME item debug
3028@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3029@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3030@c FIXME item register
3031@end table
3032
3033@node Sub-Sections
3034@section Sub-Sections
3035
3036@cindex numbered subsections
3037@cindex grouping data
3038@ifset aout-bout
3039Assembled bytes
c1253627 3040@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3041conventionally
3042@end ifset
3043fall into two sections: text and data.
3044@end ifset
3045You may have separate groups of
3046@ifset GENERIC
3047data in named sections
3048@end ifset
3049@ifclear GENERIC
3050@ifclear aout-bout
3051data in named sections
3052@end ifclear
3053@ifset aout-bout
3054text or data
3055@end ifset
3056@end ifclear
3057that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3058are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3059use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3060numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3061same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3062subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3063section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3064assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3065section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3066constants being output.
3067
3068Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3069goes in subsection number zero.
3070
3071@ifset GENERIC
3072Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3073(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3074of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3075@end ifset
3076@ifclear GENERIC
3077@ifset H8
7be1c489 3078On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3079boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3080The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3081@end ifset
3082@ifset I960
3083@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3084@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3085@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3086@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3087@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3088@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3089@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3090@end ifclear
3091
3092Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3093to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3094The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3095other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3096They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3097data subsections as a data section.
3098
3099To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3100into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3101@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3102@ifset COFF
252b5132 3103@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3104When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3105@end ifset
3106@ifclear GENERIC
3107You
3108@end ifclear
3109can also use an extra subsection
3110argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3111@var{expression}}.
3112@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3113@ifset ELF
3114@ifset GENERIC
3115When generating ELF output, you
3116@end ifset
3117@ifclear GENERIC
3118You
3119@end ifclear
3120can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3121to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3122@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3123@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3124(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3125is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3126begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3127@smallexample
3128.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3129.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3130.text 1
3131.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3132.data 0
3133.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3134.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3135.text 0
3136.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3137.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3138@end smallexample
3139
3140Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3141assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3142restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3143counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3144@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3145current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3146assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3147
3148@node bss
3149@section bss Section
3150
3151@cindex bss section
3152@cindex common variable storage
3153The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3154You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3155not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3156your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3157section are zeroed bytes.
3158
3159The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3160@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3161
3162The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3163another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3164
3165@ifset GENERIC
3166When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3167COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3168see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3169section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3170@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3171@end ifset
3172
3173@node Symbols
3174@chapter Symbols
3175
3176@cindex symbols
3177Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3178things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3179to debug.
3180
3181@quotation
3182@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3183@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3184the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3185@end quotation
3186
3187@menu
3188* Labels:: Labels
3189* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3190* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3191* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3192* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3193@end menu
3194
3195@node Labels
3196@section Labels
3197
3198@cindex labels
3199A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3200@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3201active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3202operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3203different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3204definitions.
3205
3206@ifset HPPA
3207On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3208colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3209a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3210provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3211@end ifset
3212
3213@node Setting Symbols
3214@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3215
3216@cindex assigning values to symbols
3217@cindex symbol values, assigning
3218A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3219by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3220(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3221directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3222equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3223@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132
RH
3224
3225@node Symbol Names
3226@section Symbol Names
3227
3228@cindex symbol names
3229@cindex names, symbol
3230@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3231Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3232machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3233noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3234string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3235particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3236@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3237@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3238@ifset H8
3239Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3240Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3241character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3242on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3243@end ifset
3244@end ifset
3245
3246Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3247than @code{Foo}.
3248
3249Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3250refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3251in a program.
3252
3253@subheading Local Symbol Names
3254
3255@cindex local symbol names
3256@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3257A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3258By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3259@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3260set of local label prefixes.
3261@ifset HPPA
3262On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3263@end ifset
3264
3265Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3266normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3267You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3268@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3269
3270@subheading Local Labels
3271
3272@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3273@cindex temporary symbol names
3274@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3275Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3276They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3277the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3278To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3279represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3280definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3281you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3282@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3283for ``forwards''.
3284
3285There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3286too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3287the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3288defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3289definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3290noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3291implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3292
3293Here is an example:
3294
3295@smallexample
32961: branch 1f
32972: branch 1b
32981: branch 2f
32992: branch 1b
3300@end smallexample
3301
3302Which is the equivalent of:
3303
3304@smallexample
3305label_1: branch label_3
3306label_2: branch label_1
3307label_3: branch label_4
3308label_4: branch label_3
3309@end smallexample
3310
ba83aca1 3311Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3312transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3313The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3314are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3315these parts:
252b5132
RH
3316
3317@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3318@item @emph{local label prefix}
3319All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3320Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3321that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3322used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3323@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3324object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3325you may use them in debugging.
3326
2d5aaba0
NC
3327@item @var{number}
3328This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
3329label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3330
2d5aaba0
NC
3331@item @kbd{C-B}
3332This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3333of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3334
3335@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0
NC
3336This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
3337@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
3338number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3339the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3340@end table
3341
ba83aca1
BW
3342So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3343the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3344
3345@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3346@cindex dollar local symbols
3347
3348@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3349dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3350soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3351region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3352scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3353the same local label.
3354
3355Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3356except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3357@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3358
3359They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3360names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3361to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3362@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3363
3364@node Dot
3365@section The Special Dot Symbol
3366
3367@cindex dot (symbol)
3368@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3369@cindex current address
3370@cindex location counter
3371The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3372@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3373.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3374Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3375directive.
252b5132 3376@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3377Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3378@samp{.space 4}.
3379@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3380
3381@node Symbol Attributes
3382@section Symbol Attributes
3383
3384@cindex symbol attributes
3385@cindex attributes, symbol
3386Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3387``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3388attributes.
3389@ifset INTERNALS
3390The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3391@end ifset
3392
a4fb0134 3393If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3394all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3395symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3396would want.
3397
3398@menu
3399* Symbol Value:: Value
3400* Symbol Type:: Type
3401@ifset aout-bout
3402@ifset GENERIC
3403* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3404@end ifset
3405@ifclear GENERIC
3406@ifclear BOUT
3407* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3408@end ifclear
3409@ifset BOUT
3410* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3411@end ifset
3412@end ifclear
3413@end ifset
3414@ifset COFF
3415* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3416@end ifset
3417@ifset SOM
3418* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3419@end ifset
3420@end menu
3421
3422@node Symbol Value
3423@subsection Value
3424
3425@cindex value of a symbol
3426@cindex symbol value
3427The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3428location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3429number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3430Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3431as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3432symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3433called absolute.
3434
3435The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
34360 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3437@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3438same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3439name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3440common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3441bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3442allocated storage.
3443
3444@node Symbol Type
3445@subsection Type
3446
3447@cindex type of a symbol
3448@cindex symbol type
3449The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3450information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3451(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3452format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3453
3454@ifset aout-bout
3455@ifclear GENERIC
3456@ifset BOUT
3457@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3458@c better if it were available outside examples.
3459@need 1000
3460@node a.out Symbols
3461@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3462
3463@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3464@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3465These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3466one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3467@code{b.out}.
3468
3469@end ifset
3470@ifclear BOUT
3471@node a.out Symbols
3472@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3473
3474@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3475@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3476
3477@end ifclear
3478@end ifclear
3479@ifset GENERIC
3480@node a.out Symbols
3481@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3482
3483@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3484@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3485
3486@end ifset
3487@menu
3488* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3489* Symbol Other:: Other
3490@end menu
3491
3492@node Symbol Desc
3493@subsubsection Descriptor
3494
3495@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3496This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3497descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3498(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3499@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3500
3501@node Symbol Other
3502@subsubsection Other
3503
3504@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3505This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3506@end ifset
3507
3508@ifset COFF
3509@node COFF Symbols
3510@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3511
3512@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3513@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3514
3515The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3516like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3517@code{.endef} directives.
3518
3519@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3520
3521@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3522The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3523respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3524
3525@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3526
3527@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3528The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3529@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3530table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3531@end ifset
3532
3533@ifset SOM
3534@node SOM Symbols
3535@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3536
3537@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3538@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3539
3540The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3541the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3542
3543The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
3544Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3545@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3546@end ifset
3547
3548@node Expressions
3549@chapter Expressions
3550
3551@cindex expressions
3552@cindex addresses
3553@cindex numeric values
3554An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3555Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3556
3557The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3558a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3559enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3560section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3561the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3562@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3563
3564@menu
3565* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3566* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3567@end menu
3568
3569@node Empty Exprs
3570@section Empty Expressions
3571
3572@cindex empty expressions
3573@cindex expressions, empty
3574An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3575Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3576expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3577is compatible with other assemblers.
3578
3579@node Integer Exprs
3580@section Integer Expressions
3581
3582@cindex integer expressions
3583@cindex expressions, integer
3584An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3585by @emph{operators}.
3586
3587@menu
3588* Arguments:: Arguments
3589* Operators:: Operators
3590* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3591* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3592@end menu
3593
3594@node Arguments
3595@subsection Arguments
3596
3597@cindex expression arguments
3598@cindex arguments in expressions
3599@cindex operands in expressions
3600@cindex arithmetic operands
3601@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3602contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3603this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3604the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3605expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3606instruction operands.
3607
3608Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3609@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3610or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3611integer.
3612
3613Numbers are usually integers.
3614
3615A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3616that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3617these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3618instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3619assemblers.
3620
3621@cindex subexpressions
3622Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3623expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3624operator followed by an argument.
3625
3626@node Operators
3627@subsection Operators
3628
3629@cindex operators, in expressions
3630@cindex arithmetic functions
3631@cindex functions, in expressions
3632@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3633operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3634between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3635whitespace.
3636
3637@node Prefix Ops
3638@subsection Prefix Operator
3639
3640@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3641@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3642one argument, which must be absolute.
3643
3644@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3645@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3646@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3647@tex
3648\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3649@end tex
3650
3651@table @code
3652@item -
3653@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3654@item ~
3655@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3656@end table
3657
3658@tex
3659\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3660@end tex
3661
3662@node Infix Ops
3663@subsection Infix Operators
3664
3665@cindex infix operators
3666@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3667@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3668have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3669to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3670absolute, and the result is absolute.
3671
3672@enumerate
3673@cindex operator precedence
3674@cindex precedence of operators
3675
3676@item
3677Highest Precedence
3678
3679@table @code
3680@item *
3681@dfn{Multiplication}.
3682
3683@item /
3684@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3685
3686@item %
3687@dfn{Remainder}.
3688
d1eac9d9 3689@item <<
252b5132
RH
3690@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3691
d1eac9d9 3692@item >>
252b5132
RH
3693@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3694@end table
3695
3696@item
3697Intermediate precedence
3698
3699@table @code
3700@item |
3701
3702@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3703
3704@item &
3705@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3706
3707@item ^
3708@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3709
3710@item !
3711@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3712@end table
3713
3714@item
b131d4dc 3715Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3716
3717@table @code
3718@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3719@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3720@cindex arguments for addition
3721@item +
3722@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3723the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3724sections.
3725
3726@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3727@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3728@cindex arguments for subtraction
3729@item -
3730@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3731result has the section of the left argument.
3732If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3733You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3734@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3735
3736@cindex comparison expressions
3737@cindex expressions, comparison
3738@item ==
3739@dfn{Is Equal To}
3740@item <>
723a8472 3741@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3742@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3743@item <
3744@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3745@item >
b131d4dc 3746@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3747@item >=
b131d4dc 3748@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3749@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3750@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3751
3752The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3753value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3754perform signed comparisons.
3755@end table
3756
3757@item Lowest Precedence
3758
3759@table @code
3760@item &&
3761@dfn{Logical And}.
3762
3763@item ||
3764@dfn{Logical Or}.
3765
3766These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3767expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3768value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3769or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3770
252b5132
RH
3771@end table
3772@end enumerate
3773
3774In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3775address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3776
3777@node Pseudo Ops
3778@chapter Assembler Directives
3779
3780@cindex directives, machine independent
3781@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3782@cindex machine independent directives
3783All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3784The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3785
3786This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3787target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3788@ifset GENERIC
3789Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3790@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3791@end ifset
3792@ifclear GENERIC
3793@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3794@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3795@end ifset
3796@end ifclear
3797
3798@menu
3799* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3800@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3801* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3802@end ifset
f0dc282c 3803
252b5132 3804* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3805* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3806* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3807* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3808* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3809* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3810* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3811* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3812* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3813@ifset COFF
3814* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3815@end ifset
3816@ifset aout-bout
3817* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3818@end ifset
3819@ifset COFF
3820* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3821@end ifset
f0dc282c 3822
252b5132
RH
3823* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3824* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3825* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3826* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3827* End:: @code{.end}
3828@ifset COFF
3829* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3830@end ifset
f0dc282c 3831
252b5132
RH
3832* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3833* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3834* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3835* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3836* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3837* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3838* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3839* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3840* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3841* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3842* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3843* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3844* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
3845* Func:: @code{.func}
3846* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3847@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3848* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3849* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3850@end ifset
f0dc282c 3851
252b5132
RH
3852* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3853* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3854* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3855* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3856* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3857* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3858@ifset ELF
3859* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3860@end ifset
f0dc282c 3861
252b5132
RH
3862* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3863* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3864* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3865* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3866@ifclear no-line-dir
3867* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3868@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3869
252b5132
RH
3870* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3871* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 3872* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
3873* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
3874* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
3875@ifset ELF
3876* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
3877@end ifset
bd0eb99b 3878
252b5132
RH
3879* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
3880@ignore
3881* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3882@end ignore
f0dc282c 3883
252b5132
RH
3884* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
3885* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 3886* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
3887* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
3888* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
3889* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
3890* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
3891@ifset ELF
3892* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
3893* Previous:: @code{.previous}
3894@end ifset
f0dc282c 3895
252b5132 3896* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
3897@ifset ELF
3898* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
3899@end ifset
f0dc282c 3900
252b5132
RH
3901* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
3902* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
3903@ifset ELF
3904* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
3905@end ifset
f0dc282c 3906
252b5132 3907* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 3908* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
3909* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
3910* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
3911@ifset COFF
3912* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
3913@end ifset
3914@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 3915* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 3916@end ifset
f0dc282c 3917
252b5132
RH
3918* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3919* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
3920* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 3921@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3922* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 3923@end ifset
884f0d36 3924@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3925* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
3926@end ifclear
3927
252b5132 3928* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 3929@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3930* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 3931@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3932@ifset have-stabs
3933* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
3934@end ifset
f0dc282c 3935
38a57ae7 3936* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
3937* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
3938@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 3939* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
3940* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
3941@end ifset
f0dc282c 3942
252b5132
RH
3943@ifset COFF
3944* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
3945@end ifset
f0dc282c 3946
252b5132
RH
3947* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
3948* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 3949@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3950* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
3951@end ifset
3952
c91d2e08 3953* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 3954@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
3955* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
3956@end ifset
f0dc282c 3957
2e13b764 3958@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 3959* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
3960* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
3961* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 3962@end ifset
f0dc282c 3963
d190d046 3964* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 3965* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 3966* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
3967* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
3968* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
3969@end menu
3970
3971@node Abort
3972@section @code{.abort}
3973
3974@cindex @code{abort} directive
3975@cindex stopping the assembly
3976This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
3977compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
3978assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 3979of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
3980quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
3981
3982@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
3983@node ABORT (COFF)
3984@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
3985
3986@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 3987When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
3988synonym for @samp{.abort}.
3989
3990@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 3991When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
3992but ignores it.
3993@end ifset
3994@end ifset
3995
3996@node Align
3997@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
3998
3999@cindex padding the location counter
4000@cindex @code{align} directive
4001Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4002boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4003required, as described below.
4004
4005The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4006padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4007padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4008marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4009with no-op instructions.
4010
4011The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4012it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4013directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4014specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4015fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4016required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4017with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4018
4019The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4020For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4021s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4022alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4023the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4024is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4025first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4026
9e9a9798 4027For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4028strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4029number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4030advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4031counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4032multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4033
4034This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4035native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4036GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4037described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4038architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4039
ccf8a69b
BW
4040@node Altmacro
4041@section @code{.altmacro}
4042Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4043
4044@ftable @code
4045@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4046One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4047generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4048replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4049replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4050separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4051define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4052
4053@item String delimiters
4054You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4055@code{"@var{string}"}:
4056
4057@table @code
4058@item '@var{string}'
4059You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4060
4061@item <@var{string}>
4062You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4063@end table
4064
4065@item single-character string escape
4066To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4067character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4068character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4069write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4070
4071@item Expression results as strings
4072You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
4073and use the result as a string.
4074@end ftable
4075
252b5132
RH
4076@node Ascii
4077@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4078
4079@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4080@cindex string literals
4081@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4082separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4083trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4084
4085@node Asciz
4086@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4087
4088@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4089@cindex zero-terminated strings
4090@cindex null-terminated strings
4091@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4092a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4093
4094@node Balign
4095@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4096
4097@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4098@cindex @code{balign} directive
4099Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4100storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4101alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4102the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4103is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4104
4105The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4106padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4107padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4108marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4109with no-op instructions.
4110
4111The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4112it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4113directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4114specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4115fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4116required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4117with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4118
4119@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4120@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4121The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4122@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4123pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4124fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
41254,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4126filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4127the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4128undefined.
4129
4130@node Byte
4131@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4132
4133@cindex @code{byte} directive
4134@cindex integers, one byte
4135@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4136Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4137
54cfded0 4138@node CFI directives
4b7d318b 4139@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4140@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4141@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4142should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4143data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4144@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4145
4b7d318b
L
4146Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4147it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
4148
54cfded0
AM
4149@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4150@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4151@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4152unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4153@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4154
9b8ae42e
JJ
4155@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4156@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4157@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4158should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4159argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4160a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4161the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4162can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4163The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4164no personality routine.
4165
4166@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4167@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4168@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4169should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4170argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4171or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4172no LSDA.
4173
54cfded0
AM
4174@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4175@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
4176address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4177
4178@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4179@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4180now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4181remains the same.
4182
4183@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4184@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4185remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4186absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4187CFA address.
4188
4189@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4190Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4191value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4192
4193@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4194Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4195CFA.
4196
17076204
RH
4197@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4198Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4199the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4200using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4201This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4202code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4203
4b7d318b
L
4204@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4205Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4206
4207@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
4208@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4209same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4210instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4211
4212@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4213From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4214
4215@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
4216Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4217i.e. no restoration needed.
4218
4219@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4220First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4221then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4222everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4223the previous saved state.
4224
4225@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
4226Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4227directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4228
63752a75
JJ
4229@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4230Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4231
6749011b 4232@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4233SPARC register window has been saved.
4234
cdfbf930
RH
4235@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4236Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4237might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4238opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4239
f1c4cc75
RH
4240@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4241The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4242will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4243description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4244
4245The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4246limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4247mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4248by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4249or another register.
4250
ccf8a69b
BW
4251@node Comm
4252@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4253
ccf8a69b
BW
4254@cindex @code{comm} directive
4255@cindex symbol, common
4256@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4257common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4258of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4259definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4260allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4261absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4262the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4263using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4264
ccf8a69b
BW
4265@ifset ELF
4266When using ELF, the @code{.comm} directive takes an optional third argument.
4267This is the desired alignment of the symbol, specified as a byte boundary (for
4268example, an alignment of 16 means that the least significant 4 bits of the
4269address should be zero). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it
4270must be a power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory
4271for the common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If
4272no alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
4273largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
4274maximum of 16.
4275@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4276
ccf8a69b
BW
4277@ifset HPPA
4278The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4279@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4280@end ifset
07a53e5c 4281
252b5132
RH
4282@node Data
4283@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4284
4285@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4286@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4287end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4288absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4289to zero.
4290
4291@ifset COFF
4292@node Def
4293@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4294
4295@cindex @code{def} directive
4296@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4297@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4298Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4299definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4300@ifset BOUT
4301
a4fb0134 4302This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4303format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4304but ignored.
4305@end ifset
4306@end ifset
4307
4308@ifset aout-bout
4309@node Desc
4310@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4311
4312@cindex @code{desc} directive
4313@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4314@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4315This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4316to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4317
4318@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4319The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4320configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4321object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4322it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4323@end ifset
4324@end ifset
4325
4326@ifset COFF
4327@node Dim
4328@section @code{.dim}
4329
4330@cindex @code{dim} directive
4331@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4332@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4333This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4334information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4335@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4336@ifset BOUT
4337
4338@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4339@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4340ignores it.
4341@end ifset
4342@end ifset
4343
4344@node Double
4345@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4346
4347@cindex @code{double} directive
4348@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4349@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4350assembles floating point numbers.
4351@ifset GENERIC
4352The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4353@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4354@end ifset
4355@ifclear GENERIC
4356@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4357On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4358in @sc{ieee} format.
4359@end ifset
4360@end ifclear
4361
4362@node Eject
4363@section @code{.eject}
4364
4365@cindex @code{eject} directive
4366@cindex new page, in listings
4367@cindex page, in listings
4368@cindex listing control: new page
4369Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4370
4371@node Else
4372@section @code{.else}
4373
4374@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4375@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4376assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4377of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4378was false.
4379
3fd9f047
TW
4380@node Elseif
4381@section @code{.elseif}
4382
4383@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4384@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4385assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4386@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4387
252b5132
RH
4388@node End
4389@section @code{.end}
4390
4391@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4392@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4393process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4394
4395@ifset COFF
4396@node Endef
4397@section @code{.endef}
4398
4399@cindex @code{endef} directive
4400This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4401@code{.def}.
4402@ifset BOUT
4403
4404@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4405@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4406directive but ignores it.
4407@end ifset
4408@end ifset
4409
4410@node Endfunc
4411@section @code{.endfunc}
4412@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4413@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4414
4415@node Endif
4416@section @code{.endif}
4417
4418@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4419@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4420it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4421conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4422
4423@node Equ
4424@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4425
4426@cindex @code{equ} directive
4427@cindex assigning values to symbols
4428@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4429This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4430It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4431
4432@ifset HPPA
4433The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
4434@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4435@end ifset
4436
3c9b82ba
NC
4437@ifset Z80
4438The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4439@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
4440On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
96e9638b
BW
4441but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
4442Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4443@end ifset
4444
252b5132
RH
4445@node Equiv
4446@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4447@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4448The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4449the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4450symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4451undefined.
252b5132
RH
4452
4453Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
4454@smallexample
4455.ifdef SYM
4456.err
4457.endif
4458.equ SYM,VAL
4459@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4460plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4461
4462@node Eqv
4463@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4464@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4465The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4466evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4467the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4468value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4469
4470@node Err
4471@section @code{.err}
4472@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4473If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4474message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4475object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4476
d190d046
HPN
4477@node Error
4478@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4479@cindex error directive
4480
4481Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4482string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4483message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4484@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4485
4486@smallexample
4487 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4488@end smallexample
4489
252b5132
RH
4490@node Exitm
4491@section @code{.exitm}
4492Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4493
4494@node Extern
4495@section @code{.extern}
4496
4497@cindex @code{extern} directive
4498@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4499with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4500all undefined symbols as external.
4501
4502@node Fail
4503@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4504
4505@cindex @code{fail} directive
4506Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4507or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4508than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4509include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4510complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4511
252b5132 4512@node File
14082c76 4513@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4514@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4515
4516@ifclear no-file-dir
4517There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4518that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4519@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4520
4521@subheading Default Version
4522
252b5132
RH
4523@cindex logical file name
4524@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4525This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4526are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4527
4528@smallexample
4529.file @var{string}
4530@end smallexample
4531
4532@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4533recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4534to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4535statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4536old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4537
4538@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4539@end ifclear
4540
14082c76
BW
4541When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4542to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4543
4544@smallexample
4545.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4546@end smallexample
4547
4548The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4549index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4550literal.
4551
4552The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4553table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4554information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4555entries will have.
4556
252b5132
RH
4557@node Fill
4558@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4559
4560@cindex @code{fill} directive
4561@cindex writing patterns in memory
4562@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4563@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4564This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4565may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4566more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4567other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4568is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4569zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4570byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4571Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4572@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4573compatible with other people's assemblers.
4574
4575@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4576If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4577assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4578@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4579
4580@node Float
4581@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4582
4583@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4584@cindex @code{float} directive
4585This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4586has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4587@ifset GENERIC
4588The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4589@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4590@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4591@end ifset
4592@ifclear GENERIC
4593@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4594On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4595in @sc{ieee} format.
4596@end ifset
4597@end ifclear
4598
4599@node Func
4600@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4601@cindex @code{func} directive
4602@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4603is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4604Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4605@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4606prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4607@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4608All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4609The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4610
4611@node Global
4612@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4613
4614@cindex @code{global} directive
4615@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4616@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4617@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4618other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4619@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4620from another file linked into the same program.
4621
4622Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4623compatibility with other assemblers.
4624
4625@ifset HPPA
4626On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4627partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4628@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4629@end ifset
4630
c91d2e08 4631@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4632@node Gnu_attribute
4633@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4634Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4635
c91d2e08
NC
4636@node Hidden
4637@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4638
c1253627
NC
4639@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4640@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4641This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4642@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
4643@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4644
4645This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4646their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4647@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
4648Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
4649@end ifset
4650
252b5132
RH
4651@node hword
4652@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4653
4654@cindex @code{hword} directive
4655@cindex integers, 16-bit
4656@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4657@cindex sixteen bit integers
4658This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4659a 16 bit number for each.
4660
4661@ifset GENERIC
4662This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4663architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4664@end ifset
4665@ifclear GENERIC
4666@ifset W32
4667This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4668@end ifset
4669@ifset W16
4670This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4671@end ifset
4672@end ifclear
4673
4674@node Ident
4675@section @code{.ident}
4676
4677@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4678
4679This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4680behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4681a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4682source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4683for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4684@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4685emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4686
4687@node If
4688@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4689
4690@cindex conditional assembly
4691@cindex @code{if} directive
4692@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4693considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4694(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4695the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4696(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4697alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4698If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4699nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4700
4701The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4702@table @code
4703@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4704@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4705Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4706has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4707is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4708
26aca5f6
JB
4709@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4710@item .ifb @var{text}
4711Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4712
252b5132
RH
4713@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4714@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4715Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4716strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4717the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4718end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4719string comparison is case sensitive.
4720
4721@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4722@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4723Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4724
4725@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4726@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4727Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4728
4729@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4730@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4731Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4732equal to zero.
4733
4734@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4735@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4736Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4737
4738@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4739@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4740Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4741to zero.
4742
4743@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4744@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4745Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4746
26aca5f6
JB
4747@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4748@item .ifnb @var{text}
4749Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4750following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4751
252b5132
RH
4752@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4753@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4754Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4755following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4756
4757@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4758@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4759@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4760@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4761Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4762has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4763which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4764
4765@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4766@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4767Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4768(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4769
4770@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4771@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4772Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4773following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4774@end table
4775
7e005732
NC
4776@node Incbin
4777@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4778
4779@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4780@cindex binary files, including
4781The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4782location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4783option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4784around @var{file}.
4785
4786The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4787@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4788read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4789responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4790after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4791
252b5132
RH
4792@node Include
4793@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4794
4795@cindex @code{include} directive
4796@cindex supporting files, including
4797@cindex files, including
4798This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4799points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4800if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4801included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4802can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4803(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4804around @var{file}.
4805
4806@node Int
4807@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4808
4809@cindex @code{int} directive
4810@cindex integers, 32-bit
4811Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4812For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4813expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4814of target the assembly is for.
4815
4816@ifclear GENERIC
4817@ifset H8
7be1c489 4818On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4819integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
482032-bit integers.
4821@end ifset
4822@end ifclear
4823
c91d2e08
NC
4824@ifset ELF
4825@node Internal
4826@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4827
c1253627
NC
4828@cindex @code{internal} directive
4829@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4830This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4831@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
4832@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4833
4834This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4835their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4836@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4837(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4838processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4839@end ifset
4840
252b5132
RH
4841@node Irp
4842@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4843
4844@cindex @code{irp} directive
4845Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4846The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4847terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4848set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4849@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4850@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4851sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4852
4853For example, assembling
4854
4855@example
4856 .irp param,1,2,3
4857 move d\param,sp@@-
4858 .endr
4859@end example
4860
4861is equivalent to assembling
4862
4863@example
4864 move d1,sp@@-
4865 move d2,sp@@-
4866 move d3,sp@@-
4867@end example
4868
96e9638b 4869For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 4870
252b5132
RH
4871@node Irpc
4872@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4873
4874@cindex @code{irpc} directive
4875Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4876The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
4877terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
4878@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
4879assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
4880assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
4881@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4882
4883For example, assembling
4884
4885@example
4886 .irpc param,123
4887 move d\param,sp@@-
4888 .endr
4889@end example
4890
4891is equivalent to assembling
4892
4893@example
4894 move d1,sp@@-
4895 move d2,sp@@-
4896 move d3,sp@@-
4897@end example
4898
5e75c3ab
JB
4899For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
4900at @xref{Macro}.
4901
252b5132
RH
4902@node Lcomm
4903@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4904
4905@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
4906@cindex local common symbols
4907@cindex symbols, local common
4908Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
4909denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
4910those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
4911section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
4912is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
4913not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
4914
4915@ifset GENERIC
4916Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
4917argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
4918@end ifset
4919
4920@ifset HPPA
4921The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4922@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4923@end ifset
4924
4925@node Lflags
4926@section @code{.lflags}
4927
4928@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 4929@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
4930assemblers, but ignores it.
4931
4932@ifclear no-line-dir
4933@node Line
4934@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4935
4936@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
4937@cindex logical line number
4938@ifset aout-bout
4939Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
4940expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
4941statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
4942reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 4943@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 4944for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
4945@end ifset
4946
252b5132 4947Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 4948@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
4949when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
4950were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
4951@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
4952
4953Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
4954used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
4955debugging.
4956@end ifclear
4957
4958@node Linkonce
4959@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4960@cindex COMDAT
4961@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
4962@cindex common sections
4963Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
4964This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
4965but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
4966The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
4967Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
4968unique.
4969
4970This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
4971writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
4972Executable format used on Windows NT.
4973
4974The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
4975following strings. For example:
4976@smallexample
4977.linkonce same_size
4978@end smallexample
4979Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
4980
4981@table @code
4982@item discard
4983Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
4984
4985@item one_only
4986Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
4987
4988@item same_size
4989Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
4990
4991@item same_contents
4992Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
4993@end table
4994
ccf8a69b
BW
4995@node List
4996@section @code{.list}
4997
4998@cindex @code{list} directive
4999@cindex listing control, turning on
5000Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5001not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5002internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5003counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5004generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5005
5006By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5007@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5008the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5009
252b5132
RH
5010@node Ln
5011@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5012
5013@cindex @code{ln} directive
5014@ifclear no-line-dir
5015@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5016@end ifclear
5017@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5018Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5019must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5020line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5021statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5022line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5023@ifset BOUT
5024
a4fb0134 5025This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5026configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5027output format.
5028@end ifset
5029@end ifset
5030
ccf8a69b
BW
5031@node Loc
5032@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5033@cindex @code{loc} directive
5034When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5035the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5036number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5037instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5038arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5039the row is added.
252b5132 5040
ccf8a69b
BW
5041The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5042
5043@table @code
5044@item basic_block
5045This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5046@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5047
5048@item prologue_end
5049This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5050@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5051
5052@item epilogue_begin
5053This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5054@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5055
5056@item is_stmt @var{value}
5057This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
5058@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
5059either 0 or 1.
5060
5061@item isa @var{value}
5062This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5063state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5064
5065@end table
5066
5067@node Loc_mark_labels
5068@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5069@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5070When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5071the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5072to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5073register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5074The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5075this function respectively.
252b5132 5076
4d4175af
BW
5077@ifset ELF
5078@node Local
5079@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5080
5081@cindex @code{local} directive
5082This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5083the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5084will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5085they will be created.
5086
5087For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5088accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5089the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5090(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5091@end ifset
5092
252b5132
RH
5093@node Long
5094@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5095
5096@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5097@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5098
5099@ignore
5100@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5101@c what it really ought to do
5102@node Lsym
5103@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5104
5105@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5106@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5107@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5108the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5109rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5110the same as the expression value:
5111@smallexample
5112@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5113@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5114@var{value} = @var{expression}
5115@end smallexample
5116@noindent
5117The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5118@end ignore
5119
5120@node Macro
5121@section @code{.macro}
5122
5123@cindex macros
5124The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5125generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5126@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5127
5128@example
5129 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5130 .long \from
5131 .if \to-\from
5132 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5133 .endif
5134 .endm
5135@end example
5136
5137@noindent
5138With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5139
5140@example
5141 .long 0
5142 .long 1
5143 .long 2
5144 .long 3
5145 .long 4
5146 .long 5
5147@end example
5148
5149@ftable @code
5150@item .macro @var{macname}
5151@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5152@cindex @code{macro} directive
5153Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5154definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5155separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5156indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5157@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5158(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5159macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5160cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5161subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5162definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5163
5164@table @code
5165@item .macro comm
5166Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5167arguments.
5168
6258339f 5169@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5170@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5171Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5172which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5173@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5174
5175@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5176Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5177arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5178After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5179@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5180@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5181,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5182@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5183
6eaeac8a
JB
5184@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5185Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5186arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5187not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5188will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5189
252b5132
RH
5190When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5191position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5192@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5193
6258339f
NC
5194@end table
5195
5e75c3ab
JB
5196Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5197as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5198occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5199characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5200(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5201architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5202character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5203replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5204construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5205identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5206this macro definition:
5207
5208@example
5209 .macro label l
5210\l:
5211 .endm
5212@end example
5213
5214might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5215called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5216assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5217identifier.
5218
5219Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5220which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5221for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5222length specifier like this:
5223
5224@example
5225 .macro opcode base length
5226 \base.\length
5227 .endm
5228@end example
5229
5230and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5231instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5232interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5233
5234There are several possible ways around this problem:
5235
5236@table @code
5237@item Insert white space
5238If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5239solution. eg:
5240
5241@example
5242 .macro label l
5243\l :
5244 .endm
5245@end example
5246
5247@item Use @samp{\()}
5248The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5249the following text. eg:
5250
5251@example
5252 .macro opcode base length
5253 \base\().\length
5254 .endm
5255@end example
5256
5257@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5258In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5259used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5260
5261@example
5262 .altmacro
5263 .macro label l
5264l&:
5265 .endm
5266@end example
6258339f 5267@end table
5e75c3ab 5268
96e9638b
BW
5269Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
5270also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
5271and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5272
252b5132
RH
5273@item .endm
5274@cindex @code{endm} directive
5275Mark the end of a macro definition.
5276
5277@item .exitm
5278@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5279Exit early from the current macro definition.
5280
5281@cindex number of macros executed
5282@cindex macros, count executed
5283@item \@@
a4fb0134 5284@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5285executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5286output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5287
252b5132
RH
5288@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5289@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5290macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5291@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5292@end ftable
252b5132 5293
ccf8a69b
BW
5294@node MRI
5295@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5296
ccf8a69b
BW
5297@cindex @code{mri} directive
5298@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5299If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5300@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5301affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5302of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5303
caa32fe5
NC
5304@node Noaltmacro
5305@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5306Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5307
252b5132
RH
5308@node Nolist
5309@section @code{.nolist}
5310
5311@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5312@cindex listing control, turning off
5313Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5314not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5315internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5316counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5317generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5318
5319@node Octa
5320@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5321
5322@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5323@cindex @code{octa} directive
5324@cindex integer, 16-byte
5325@cindex sixteen byte integer
5326This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5327bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5328
5329The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5330hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5331
5332@node Org
5333@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5334
5335@cindex @code{org} directive
5336@cindex location counter, advancing
5337@cindex advancing location counter
5338@cindex current address, advancing
5339Advance the location counter of the current section to
5340@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5341expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5342you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5343wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5344with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5345@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5346is the same as the current subsection.
5347
5348@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5349unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5350backwards.
5351
5352@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5353@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5354@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5355Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5356may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5357a chance to share your improved assembler.
5358
5359Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5360to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5361people's assemblers.
5362
5363When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5364intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5365absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5366@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5367
5368@node P2align
5369@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5370
5371@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5372@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5373Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5374storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5375number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5376advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5377counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5378multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5379
5380The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5381padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5382padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5383marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5384with no-op instructions.
5385
5386The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5387it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5388directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5389specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5390fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5391required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5392with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5393
5394@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5395@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5396The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5397@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5398pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5399fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
54002,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5401filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5402the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5403undefined.
5404
ccf8a69b
BW
5405@ifset ELF
5406@node PopSection
5407@section @code{.popsection}
5408
5409@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5410@cindex Section Stack
5411This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
5412@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5413@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
5414(@pxref{Previous}).
5415
5416This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5417section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
5418stack.
5419@end ifset
5420
c91d2e08
NC
5421@ifset ELF
5422@node Previous
5423@section @code{.previous}
5424
c1253627 5425@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5426@cindex Section Stack
5427This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5428@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5429@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5430(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5431
5432This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5433referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5434@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5435subsections). For example:
5436
5437@smallexample
5438.section A
5439 .subsection 1
5440 .word 0x1234
5441 .subsection 2
5442 .word 0x5678
5443.previous
5444 .word 0x9abc
5445@end smallexample
5446
5447Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5448section A. Whilst:
5449
5450@smallexample
5451.section A
5452.subsection 1
5453 # Now in section A subsection 1
5454 .word 0x1234
5455.section B
5456.subsection 0
5457 # Now in section B subsection 0
5458 .word 0x5678
5459.subsection 1
5460 # Now in section B subsection 1
5461 .word 0x9abc
5462.previous
5463 # Now in section B subsection 0
5464 .word 0xdef0
5465@end smallexample
5466
5467Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5468section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5469
5470In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5471the top section on the section stack.
5472@end ifset
5473
252b5132
RH
5474@node Print
5475@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5476
5477@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5478@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5479assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5480
c91d2e08
NC
5481@ifset ELF
5482@node Protected
5483@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5484
c1253627
NC
5485@cindex @code{protected} directive
5486@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5487This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5488@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5489
5490This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5491their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5492@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5493components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5494component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
5495this.
5496@end ifset
5497
252b5132
RH
5498@node Psize
5499@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5500
5501@cindex @code{psize} directive
5502@cindex listing control: paper size
5503@cindex paper size, for listings
5504Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5505number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5506
5507If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5508of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5509default width is 200 columns.
5510
a4fb0134 5511@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5512lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5513@code{.eject}).
5514
5515If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5516those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5517
5518@node Purgem
5519@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5520
5521@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5522Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5523expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5524
c91d2e08
NC
5525@ifset ELF
5526@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5527@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5528
c1253627 5529@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5530@cindex Section Stack
5531This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5532@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5533@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
5534(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5535
e9863d7f
DJ
5536This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5537top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5538subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5539@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5540as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5541@end ifset
5542
252b5132
RH
5543@node Quad
5544@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5545
5546@cindex @code{quad} directive
5547@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5548each bignum, it emits
5549@ifclear bignum-16
5550an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5551warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5552@cindex eight-byte integer
5553@cindex integer, 8-byte
5554
5555The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5556hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5557@end ifclear
5558@ifset bignum-16
5559a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5560warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5561@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5562@cindex integer, 16-byte
5563@end ifset
5564
05e9452c
AM
5565@node Reloc
5566@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5567
5568@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5569Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5570@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5571the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5572symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5573@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5574absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5575targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5576relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5577section.
5578
252b5132
RH
5579@node Rept
5580@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5581
5582@cindex @code{rept} directive
5583Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5584@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5585
5586For example, assembling
5587
5588@example
5589 .rept 3
5590 .long 0
5591 .endr
5592@end example
5593
5594is equivalent to assembling
5595
5596@example
5597 .long 0
5598 .long 0
5599 .long 0
5600@end example
5601
5602@node Sbttl
5603@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5604
5605@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5606@cindex subtitles for listings
5607@cindex listing control: subtitle
5608Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5609title line) when generating assembly listings.
5610
5611This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5612it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5613
5614@ifset COFF
5615@node Scl
5616@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5617
5618@cindex @code{scl} directive
5619@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5620@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5621Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5622used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5623whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5624symbolic debugging information.
5625@ifset BOUT
5626
5627The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5628configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5629accepts this directive but ignores it.
5630@end ifset
5631@end ifset
5632
c1253627 5633@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5634@node Section
c1253627 5635@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5636
252b5132
RH
5637@cindex named section
5638Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5639named @var{name}.
5640
5641This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5642named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5643with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5644
c1253627
NC
5645@ifset COFF
5646@ifset ELF
5647@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5648@subheading COFF Version
5649@end ifset
5650
5651@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5652For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5653ways:
c91d2e08 5654
252b5132
RH
5655@smallexample
5656.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5657.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5658@end smallexample
5659
5660If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5661section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5662@table @code
5663@item b
5664bss section (uninitialized data)
5665@item n
5666section is not loaded
5667@item w
5668writable section
5669@item d
5670data section
5671@item r
5672read-only section
5673@item x
5674executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5675@item s
5676shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5677@item a
5678ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
252b5132
RH
5679@end table
5680
5681If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5682the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5683loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5684from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5685will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5686
5687If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5688taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5689@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5690
5691@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5692@ifset COFF
5693@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5694@subheading ELF Version
5695@end ifset
5696
c91d2e08
NC
5697@cindex Section Stack
5698This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5699@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
5700(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5701@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5702
c1253627 5703@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5704For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5705
252b5132 5706@smallexample
7047dd1e 5707.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5708@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5709
252b5132 5710The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5711combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5712@table @code
5713@item a
5714section is allocatable
5715@item w
5716section is writable
5717@item x
5718section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5719@item M
5720section is mergeable
5721@item S
5722section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5723@item G
5724section is a member of a section group
5725@item T
5726section is used for thread-local-storage
252b5132
RH
5727@end table
5728
5729The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5730@table @code
5731@item @@progbits
5732section contains data
5733@item @@nobits
5734section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5735@item @@note
5736section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5737@item @@init_array
5738section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5739@item @@fini_array
5740section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5741@item @@preinit_array
5742section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5743@end table
5744
10b016c2
PB
5745Many targets only support the first three section types.
5746
ececec60
NC
5747Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5748ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5749@code{%} character.
5750
22fe14ad 5751If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5752be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5753
5754@smallexample
5755.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5756@end smallexample
5757
5758Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5759constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5760@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5761@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5762the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
5763absolute expression.
5764
5765If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5766be present along with an additional field like this:
5767
5768@smallexample
5769.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5770@end smallexample
5771
5772The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5773particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5774@table @code
5775@item comdat
5776indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5777@item .gnu.linkonce
5778an alias for comdat
5779@end table
5780
96e9638b 5781Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5782the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5783
5784@smallexample
5785.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5786@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5787
252b5132
RH
5788If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5789the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5790none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5791executable. The section will contain data.
5792
5793For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5794directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5795
252b5132
RH
5796@smallexample
5797.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5798@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5799
252b5132
RH
5800Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5801separated flags:
5802@table @code
5803@item #alloc
5804section is allocatable
5805@item #write
5806section is writable
5807@item #execinstr
5808section is executable
22fe14ad
NC
5809@item #tls
5810section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5811@end table
c91d2e08 5812
e9863d7f
DJ
5813This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5814contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5815some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5816work.
c1253627
NC
5817@end ifset
5818@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5819
5820@node Set
5821@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5822
5823@cindex @code{set} directive
5824@cindex symbol value, setting
5825Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5826changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5827@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5828flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5829
5830You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5831
5832If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5833file is the last value stored into it.
5834
5835@ifset HPPA
5836The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is
5837@samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}.
5838@end ifset
5839
3c9b82ba
NC
5840@ifset Z80
5841On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
5842@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
5843@end ifset
5844
252b5132
RH
5845@node Short
5846@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
5847
5848@cindex @code{short} directive
5849@ifset GENERIC
5850@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
5851@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5852
5853In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 5854numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5855@end ifset
5856@ifclear GENERIC
5857@ifset W16
5858@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5859@end ifset
5860@ifset W32
5861This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5862a 16 bit number for each.
5863@end ifset
5864@end ifclear
5865
5866@node Single
5867@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
5868
5869@cindex @code{single} directive
5870@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5871This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5872has the same effect as @code{.float}.
5873@ifset GENERIC
5874The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5875@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5876@end ifset
5877@ifclear GENERIC
5878@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5879On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
5880numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
5881@end ifset
5882@end ifclear
5883
c1253627 5884@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5885@node Size
c1253627 5886@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 5887
c1253627
NC
5888This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
5889
5890@ifset COFF
5891@ifset ELF
5892@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5893@subheading COFF Version
5894@end ifset
5895
5896@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
5897For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
5898@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
5899
5900@smallexample
5901.size @var{expression}
5902@end smallexample
252b5132 5903
c91d2e08 5904@ifset BOUT
252b5132 5905@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5906@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5907ignores it.
5908@end ifset
c1253627 5909@end ifset
c91d2e08 5910
c1253627
NC
5911@ifset ELF
5912@ifset COFF
5913@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5914@subheading ELF Version
5915@end ifset
5916
5917@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
5918For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5919
c1253627
NC
5920@smallexample
5921.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
5922@end smallexample
5923
5924This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
5925The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
5926arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
5927symbols.
c1253627
NC
5928@end ifset
5929@end ifset
252b5132 5930
252b5132
RH
5931@ifclear no-space-dir
5932@node Skip
5933@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
5934
5935@cindex @code{skip} directive
5936@cindex filling memory
5937This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
5938@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
5939@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
5940@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 5941@end ifclear
252b5132 5942
ccf8a69b
BW
5943@node Sleb128
5944@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
5945
5946@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
5947@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
5948compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
5949symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
5950
884f0d36 5951@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
5952@node Space
5953@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
5954
5955@cindex @code{space} directive
5956@cindex filling memory
5957This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
5958@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
5959and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
5960as @samp{.skip}.
5961
5962@ifset HPPA
5963@quotation
5964@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
5965targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
5966Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
5967@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
5968for a summary.
5969@end quotation
5970@end ifset
5971@end ifclear
5972
252b5132
RH
5973@ifset have-stabs
5974@node Stab
5975@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
5976
5977@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
5978@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
5979There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
5980All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 5981The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
5982cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
5983Up to five fields are required:
5984
5985@table @var
5986@item string
5987This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
5988@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
5989debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
5990using this field.
5991
5992@item type
5993An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
5994this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
5995and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
5996
5997@item other
5998An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
5999low 8 bits of this expression.
6000
6001@item desc
6002An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6003bits of this expression.
6004
6005@item value
6006An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6007@end table
6008
6009If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6010or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6011you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6012compatible with earlier assemblers!
6013
6014@table @code
6015@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6016@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6017
6018The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6019It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6020null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6021strings.
6022
6023The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6024relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6025is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6026assembled.
6027
6028@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6029@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6030The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6031
6032@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6033@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6034All five fields are specified.
6035@end table
6036@end ifset
6037@c end have-stabs
6038
6039@node String
38a57ae7
NC
6040@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
6041"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6042
6043@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6044@cindex string8, copying to object file
6045@cindex string16, copying to object file
6046@cindex string32, copying to object file
6047@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6048@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6049@cindex @code{string8} directive
6050@cindex @code{string16} directive
6051@cindex @code{string32} directive
6052@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6053
6054Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6055one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6056particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6057You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6058
38a57ae7
NC
6059The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
6060the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6061copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6062are stored in target endianness byte order.
6063
6064Example:
6065@smallexample
6066 .string32 "BYE"
6067expands to:
6068 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6069 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6070@end smallexample
6071
6072
252b5132
RH
6073@node Struct
6074@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6075
6076@cindex @code{struct} directive
6077Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6078which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6079@smallexample
6080 .struct 0
6081field1:
6082 .struct field1 + 4
6083field2:
6084 .struct field2 + 4
6085field3:
6086@end smallexample
6087This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6088@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6089value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6090use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6091before further assembly.
6092
c91d2e08
NC
6093@ifset ELF
6094@node SubSection
6095@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6096
c1253627 6097@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6098@cindex Section Stack
6099This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6100@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6101@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
6102(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6103
6104This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6105section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6106in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6107@end ifset
6108
252b5132
RH
6109@ifset ELF
6110@node Symver
6111@section @code{.symver}
6112@cindex @code{symver} directive
6113@cindex symbol versioning
6114@cindex versions of symbols
6115Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6116within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6117typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6118There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6119into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6120shared library.
6121
79082ff0 6122For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6123@smallexample
6124.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6125@end smallexample
339681c0 6126If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6127being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6128alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6129just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6130permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6131of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6132itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6133have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6134file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6135function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6136the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6137building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6138symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6139nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6140
6141If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6142references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6143reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6144symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6145
6146Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6147@smallexample
6148.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6149@end smallexample
6150In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6151the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6152difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6153references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6154
6155The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6156@smallexample
6157.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6158@end smallexample
6159When @var{name} is not defined within the
6160file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6161@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6162name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6163@end ifset
6164
6165@ifset COFF
6166@node Tag
6167@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6168
6169@cindex COFF structure debugging
6170@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6171@cindex @code{tag} directive
6172This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6173information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6174@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6175definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6176@ifset BOUT
6177
6178@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6179@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6180ignores it.
6181@end ifset
6182@end ifset
6183
6184@node Text
6185@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6186
6187@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6188Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6189the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6190expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6191is used.
6192
6193@node Title
6194@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6195
6196@cindex @code{title} directive
6197@cindex listing control: title line
6198Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6199source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6200
6201This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6202it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6203
c1253627 6204@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6205@node Type
c1253627
NC
6206@section @code{.type}
6207
6208This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6209
6210@ifset COFF
6211@ifset ELF
6212@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6213@subheading COFF Version
6214@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6215
6216@cindex COFF symbol type
6217@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6218@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6219For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6220@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6221
6222@smallexample
6223.type @var{int}
6224@end smallexample
6225
6226This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6227entry.
252b5132 6228
c91d2e08 6229@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6230@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6231@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6232directive but ignores it.
6233@end ifset
c1253627 6234@end ifset
c91d2e08 6235
c1253627
NC
6236@ifset ELF
6237@ifset COFF
6238@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6239@subheading ELF Version
6240@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6241
6242@cindex ELF symbol type
6243@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6244@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6245For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6246
6247@smallexample
6248.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6249@end smallexample
6250
6251This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6252function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6253supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6254compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6255
6256Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6257@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6258below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6259the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6260maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6261assemblers.
6262
6263The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6264
6265@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6266 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6267 .type <name>,#<type>
6268 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6269 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6270 .type <name>,"<type>"
6271@end smallexample
6272
6273The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6274
5671778d
NC
6275@table @gcctabopt
6276@item STT_FUNC
6277@itemx function
6278Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6279
5671778d
NC
6280@item STT_OBJECT
6281@itemx object
6282Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6283
6284@item STT_TLS
6285@itemx tls_object
6286Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6287
6288@item STT_COMMON
6289@itemx common
6290Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6291
6292@item STT_NOTYPE
6293@itemx notype
6294Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6295
5671778d
NC
6296@end table
6297
6298Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6299
c1253627
NC
6300@end ifset
6301@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6302
6303@node Uleb128
6304@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6305
6306@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
6307@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
6308compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6309symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6310
6311@ifset COFF
6312@node Val
6313@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6314
6315@cindex @code{val} directive
6316@cindex COFF value attribute
6317@cindex value attribute, COFF
6318This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6319records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6320entry.
6321@ifset BOUT
6322
a4fb0134 6323@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6324configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6325@end ifset
6326@end ifset
6327
2e13b764 6328@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6329@node Version
6330@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6331
c1253627 6332@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6333This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6334formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6335@end ifset
2e13b764 6336
c91d2e08
NC
6337@ifset ELF
6338@node VTableEntry
6339@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6340
653cfe85 6341@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6342This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6343@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6344
c91d2e08
NC
6345@node VTableInherit
6346@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6347
653cfe85 6348@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6349This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6350@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6351parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6352parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6353@end ifset
2e13b764 6354
d190d046
HPN
6355@node Warning
6356@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6357@cindex warning directive
6358Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6359(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6360
c91d2e08
NC
6361@node Weak
6362@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6363
c1253627 6364@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6365This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6366@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6367
977cdf5a
NC
6368On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
6369directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6370@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6371
977cdf5a
NC
6372On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
6373When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
6374alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6375
06e77878
AO
6376@node Weakref
6377@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6378
6379@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6380This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6381be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6382If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6383will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6384symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6385
6386The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6387assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6388symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6389resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6390had the references to the alias removed.
6391
6392The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6393within the assembler.
6394
252b5132
RH
6395@node Word
6396@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6397
6398@cindex @code{word} directive
6399This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6400separated by commas.
6401@ifclear GENERIC
6402@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6403For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6404@end ifset
6405@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6406For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6407@end ifset
6408@end ifclear
6409@ifset GENERIC
6410
6411The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6412depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6413@end ifset
6414
6415@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6416@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6417@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6418@cindex difference tables altered
6419@cindex altered difference tables
6420@quotation
6421@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6422@end quotation
6423
6424@ifset GENERIC
6425Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6426addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6427interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6428@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6429
6430@end ifset
6431In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6432@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6433Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6434compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6435directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6436@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6437creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6438This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6439first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6440of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6441table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6442contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6443@code{sym2}.
6444
6445If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6446secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6447@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6448long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6449and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6450minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6451entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6452
6453@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6454@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6455@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6456assembly language programmers.
6457@end ifset
6458@end ifset
6459@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6460
6461@node Deprecated
6462@section Deprecated Directives
6463
6464@cindex deprecated directives
6465@cindex obsolescent directives
6466One day these directives won't work.
6467They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6468@table @t
6469@item .abort
6470@item .line
6471@end table
6472
3a99f02f
DJ
6473@ifset ELF
6474@node Object Attributes
6475@chapter Object Attributes
6476@cindex object attributes
6477
6478@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6479into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6480Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6481point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6482requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6483passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6484hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6485generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6486newer generation at run-time.
6487
6488This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6489@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6490time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6491correctly.
6492
6493Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6494attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6495string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6496and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6497or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6498attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6499
6500Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6501The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6502
6503@menu
6504* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6505* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6506@end menu
6507
6508@node GNU Object Attributes
6509@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6510
6511The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6512with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6513
6514Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6515its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6516an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
65172} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6518architecture-dependent ones.
6519
6520@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6521
6522These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6523
6524@table @r
6525@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6526The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6527the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6528then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6529than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6530arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6531@end table
6532
6533@subsection MIPS Attributes
6534
6535@table @r
6536@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6537The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6538
6539@itemize @bullet
6540@item
65410 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6542@item
65431 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6544FPU.
6545@item
65462 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6547@item
65483 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6549@item
65504 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6551double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6552purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6553@end itemize
6554@end table
6555
6556@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6557
6558@table @r
6559@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6560The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6561
6562@itemize @bullet
6563@item
65640 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6565@item
3c7b9897 65661 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6567@item
65682 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6569@item
65703 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6571@end itemize
6572
6573@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6574The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6575
6576@itemize @bullet
6577@item
65780 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6579@item
65801 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6581@item
65822 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6583@item
65843 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6585@end itemize
6586@end table
6587
6588@node Defining New Object Attributes
6589@section Defining New Object Attributes
6590
6591If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6592will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6593mailing list.
6594
6595@itemize @bullet
6596@item
6597This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6598@item
6599The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6600@item
6601The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6602and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6603@item
6604Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6605@item
6606@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6607@item
6608GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6609@end itemize
6610
6611@end ifset
6612
252b5132
RH
6613@ifset GENERIC
6614@node Machine Dependencies
6615@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6616
6617@cindex machine dependencies
6618The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6619each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6620vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6621directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6622assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6623@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6624optimization.
6625
6626This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6627include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6628subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6629
6630@menu
625e1353
RH
6631@ifset ALPHA
6632* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6633@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6634@ifset ARC
6635* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6636@end ifset
6637@ifset ARM
6638* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6639@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6640@ifset AVR
6641* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6642@end ifset
07c1b327
CM
6643@ifset BFIN
6644* BFIN-Dependent:: BFIN Dependent Features
6645@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6646@ifset CR16
6647* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6648@end ifset
8bf549a8 6649@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6650* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6651@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6652@ifset D10V
6653* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6654@end ifset
6655@ifset D30V
6656* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6657@end ifset
6658@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6659* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6660@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6661@ifset HPPA
6662* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6663@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6664@ifset I370
6665* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6666@end ifset
252b5132 6667@ifset I80386
55b62671 6668* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6669@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6670@ifset I860
6671* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6672@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6673@ifset I960
6674* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6675@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6676@ifset IA64
6677* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6678@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6679@ifset IP2K
6680* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6681@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6682@ifset LM32
6683* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6684@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6685@ifset M32C
6686* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6687@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6688@ifset M32R
6689* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6690@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6691@ifset M680X0
6692* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6693@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6694@ifset M68HC11
6695* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6696@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6697@ifset MIPS
6698* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6699@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6700@ifset MMIX
6701* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6702@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6703@ifset MSP430
6704* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6705@end ifset
252b5132 6706@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6707* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6708* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6709@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6710@ifset PDP11
6711* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6712@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6713@ifset PJ
6714* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6715@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6716@ifset PPC
6717* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6718@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6719@ifset SPARC
6720* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6721@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6722@ifset TIC54X
6723* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6724@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6725@ifset V850
6726* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6727@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6728@ifset XTENSA
6729* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6730@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6731@ifset Z80
6732* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6733@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6734@ifset Z8000
6735* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6736@end ifset
6737@ifset VAX
6738* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6739@end ifset
6740@end menu
6741
6742@lowersections
6743@end ifset
6744
6745@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6746@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6747@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6748@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6749@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6750@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6751@c in both conditional blocks.
6752
625e1353
RH
6753@ifset ALPHA
6754@include c-alpha.texi
6755@end ifset
6756
6757@ifset ARC
6758@include c-arc.texi
6759@end ifset
6760
252b5132
RH
6761@ifset ARM
6762@include c-arm.texi
6763@end ifset
6764
8473f7a4
DC
6765@ifset AVR
6766@include c-avr.texi
6767@end ifset
6768
07c1b327
CM
6769@ifset BFIN
6770@include c-bfin.texi
6771@end ifset
6772
3d3d428f
NC
6773@ifset CR16
6774@include c-cr16.texi
6775@end ifset
6776
328eb32e
HPN
6777@ifset CRIS
6778@include c-cris.texi
6779@end ifset
6780
c2dcd04e 6781@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6782@ifclear GENERIC
6783@node Machine Dependencies
6784@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6785
c2dcd04e 6786The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6787and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6788chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6789family.
6790
6791@menu
c2dcd04e 6792* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6793* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6794@end menu
6795@lowersections
6796@end ifclear
6797@end ifset
6798
6799@ifset D10V
6800@include c-d10v.texi
6801@end ifset
6802
6803@ifset D30V
6804@include c-d30v.texi
6805@end ifset
6806
6807@ifset H8/300
6808@include c-h8300.texi
6809@end ifset
6810
252b5132
RH
6811@ifset HPPA
6812@include c-hppa.texi
6813@end ifset
6814
5b93d8bb
AM
6815@ifset I370
6816@include c-i370.texi
6817@end ifset
6818
252b5132
RH
6819@ifset I80386
6820@include c-i386.texi
6821@end ifset
6822
e3308d0d
JE
6823@ifset I860
6824@include c-i860.texi
6825@end ifset
6826
252b5132
RH
6827@ifset I960
6828@include c-i960.texi
6829@end ifset
6830
9e32ca89
NC
6831@ifset IA64
6832@include c-ia64.texi
6833@end ifset
6834
a40cbfa3
NC
6835@ifset IP2K
6836@include c-ip2k.texi
6837@end ifset
6838
84e94c90
NC
6839@ifset LM32
6840@include c-lm32.texi
6841@end ifset
6842
49f58d10
JB
6843@ifset M32C
6844@include c-m32c.texi
6845@end ifset
6846
ec694b89
NC
6847@ifset M32R
6848@include c-m32r.texi
6849@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6850
6851@ifset M680X0
6852@include c-m68k.texi
6853@end ifset
6854
60bcf0fa
NC
6855@ifset M68HC11
6856@include c-m68hc11.texi
6857@end ifset
6858
252b5132
RH
6859@ifset MIPS
6860@include c-mips.texi
6861@end ifset
6862
3c3bdf30
NC
6863@ifset MMIX
6864@include c-mmix.texi
6865@end ifset
6866
2469cfa2
NC
6867@ifset MSP430
6868@include c-msp430.texi
6869@end ifset
6870
252b5132
RH
6871@ifset NS32K
6872@include c-ns32k.texi
6873@end ifset
6874
e135f41b
NC
6875@ifset PDP11
6876@include c-pdp11.texi
6877@end ifset
6878
041dd5a9
ILT
6879@ifset PJ
6880@include c-pj.texi
6881@end ifset
6882
418c1742
MG
6883@ifset PPC
6884@include c-ppc.texi
6885@end ifset
6886
252b5132
RH
6887@ifset SH
6888@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 6889@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
6890@end ifset
6891
6892@ifset SPARC
6893@include c-sparc.texi
6894@end ifset
6895
39bec121
TW
6896@ifset TIC54X
6897@include c-tic54x.texi
6898@end ifset
6899
3c9b82ba
NC
6900@ifset Z80
6901@include c-z80.texi
6902@end ifset
6903
252b5132
RH
6904@ifset Z8000
6905@include c-z8k.texi
6906@end ifset
6907
6908@ifset VAX
6909@include c-vax.texi
6910@end ifset
6911
6912@ifset V850
6913@include c-v850.texi
6914@end ifset
6915
e0001a05
NC
6916@ifset XTENSA
6917@include c-xtensa.texi
6918@end ifset
6919
252b5132
RH
6920@ifset GENERIC
6921@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
6922@raisesections
6923@end ifset
6924
6925@node Reporting Bugs
6926@chapter Reporting Bugs
6927@cindex bugs in assembler
6928@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
6929
a4fb0134 6930Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
6931
6932Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
6933not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
6934entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
6935Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
6936
6937In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
6938information that enables us to fix the bug.
6939
6940@menu
6941* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
6942* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
6943@end menu
6944
6945@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 6946@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
6947@cindex bug criteria
6948
6949If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
6950
6951@itemize @bullet
6952@cindex fatal signal
6953@cindex assembler crash
6954@cindex crash of assembler
6955@item
6956If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 6957@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
6958
6959@cindex error on valid input
6960@item
a4fb0134 6961If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
6962
6963@cindex invalid input
6964@item
a4fb0134 6965If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
6966is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
6967be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
6968
6969@item
6970If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 6971of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
6972@end itemize
6973
6974@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 6975@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
6976@cindex bug reports
6977@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
6978
6979A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 6980you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
6981contact that organization first.
6982
6983You can find contact information for many support companies and
6984individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
6985distribution.
6986
ad22bfe8 6987@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 6988In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
6989to @value{BUGURL}.
6990@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6991
6992The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
6993@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
6994fact or leave it out, state it!
6995
6996Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
6997and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
6998name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
6999not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7000happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7001perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7002the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7003give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7004and the most helpful.
7005
7006Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7007it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7008that the bug has not been reported previously.
7009
7010Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7011bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7012respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7013You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7014
7015To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7016
7017@itemize @bullet
7018@item
a4fb0134 7019The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7020it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7021
7022Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7023the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7024
7025@item
a4fb0134 7026Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7027
7028@item
7029The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7030version number.
7031
7032@item
a4fb0134 7033What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7034``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7035
7036@item
7037The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7038observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7039all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7040
7041If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7042and then we might not encounter the bug.
7043
7044@item
7045A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7046the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7047high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7048when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7049the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7050file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7051@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7052
7053@item
7054A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7055incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7056
a4fb0134 7057Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7058will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7059notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7060make a mistake.
7061
7062Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7063explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7064@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7065library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7066would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7067would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7068expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7069observations.
7070
7071@item
a4fb0134 7072If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7073diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7074option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7075discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7076by line number.
7077
7078The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7079sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7080@end itemize
7081
7082Here are some things that are not necessary:
7083
7084@itemize @bullet
7085@item
7086A description of the envelope of the bug.
7087
7088Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7089which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7090changes will not affect it.
7091
7092This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7093will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7094with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7095We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7096
7097Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7098of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7099output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7100less time, and so on.
7101
7102However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7103report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7104
7105@item
7106A patch for the bug.
7107
7108A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7109the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7110a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7111to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7112
a4fb0134 7113Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7114construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7115the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7116one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7117
7118And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7119patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7120help us to understand.
7121
7122@item
7123A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7124
7125Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7126things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7127@end itemize
7128
7129@node Acknowledgements
7130@chapter Acknowledgements
7131
653cfe85 7132If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132
RH
7133it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
7134maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7135@c (January 1994),
7136the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7137
7138Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7139more details?}
7140
7141Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7142information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7143extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7144
7145K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7146many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7147up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7148testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7149including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7150and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7151support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7152port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7153file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7154assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7155
7156Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7157in format-specific I/O modules.
7158
7159The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7160has done much work with it since.
7161
7162The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7163
7164Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7165
7166The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7167University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7168
7169Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7170(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7171(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7172support a.out format.
7173
7be1c489
AM
7174Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7175tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7176Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7177use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7178targets.
7179
7180John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7181simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7182updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7183fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7184remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7185cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7186required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7187
7188Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
718968k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7190added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7191PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7192
653cfe85 7193Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7194
7195Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7196
7197Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7198along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7199formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7200the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7201
7202Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7203Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7204Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7205Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7206and some initial 64-bit support).
7207
c1253627 7208Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7209
252b5132
RH
7210Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7211support for openVMS/Alpha.
7212
39bec121
TW
7213Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7214flavors.
7215
e0001a05 7216David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7217Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7218
252b5132
RH
7219Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7220configuration enhancements.
7221
84e94c90
NC
7222Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7223
252b5132
RH
7224Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7225you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7226want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7227intentionally leaving anyone out.
7228
793c5807
NC
7229@node GNU Free Documentation License
7230@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7231@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7232
370b66a1
CD
7233@node AS Index
7234@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7235
7236@printindex cp
7237
252b5132
RH
7238@bye
7239@c Local Variables:
7240@c fill-column: 79
7241@c End:
This page took 0.84332 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.